Forum 2

Ask your questions on the Arabic sciences, to our respected Shaykh


Questions and comments posted are sent to our Shaykh. Our Shaykh will try to answer as many questions as possible, in sha Allaah. Please observe 4 forum rules:

1.  Please observe the best manners when asking your question to our Shaykh.
2. Do not chase questions with Admin. Instead, you can re-submit your question once.
3. If a question is not answered, please respect the Shaykh’s time and schedule.
4. Admin. may edit or delete any question submitted, based on the Islaamic & administrative standards for this site. Pls respect this.

Visit our Q & A pages to see your questions answered.

 

 

849 Responses to Forum 2

  1. Said al-almaany says:

    assalaamu 3alaykum dear shaykh.

    May ALLAH protect you.

    I have a question.

    What is the difference in meaning of فرح and سرور?

    From Madina Website Semester one, Reading 1.

    http://iqra.mediu.edu.my/eBooks/nIndex.htm?en|3|1|Level1|qi|m1

    واسْتَقْبَلَهُمَا الأَنْصَارُ وَالْمُهَاجِرُوْنَ بِالْفَرَحِ وَالسُّرُوْرِ

    Because in meaning they are near to each other, and its very difficult to understand the difference.
    They are synonyms for each other.

    Is it a subject of Balagha to use two similar words together?

    I hope you can help me, and give an advice how to understand or in which books and dictionarys are good to get a understanding of this words which are snynonyms of each other but have detail differences in meaning.

    The same difficulty I have between الاستسلام and الانقياد in the following:

    معرفة دين الإسلام بالأدلة ، وهو: الاستسلام لله بالتوحيد والانقياد له بالطاعة والبراءة من الشرك وأهله

    Maybe you could answer me this question in shaa ALLAH.

    jazaak ALLAHU khayran

    Said al-almaany

  2. kamran says:

    Dear Dr Abdul Rahim

    We read the words like أولا، ثانيا، ثالثا in different books. For ex in the following sentence we have:

    اِتجِهْ إلى صالَةِ الجَمارِكِ أوَّلاً

    my question is why they are in the state of nasb??

    Regards
    Kamran Ahmad Khan

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      It is manSuub because it is مفعول فــيـه as in your example :

      اتـجـهْ إلى صالةِ الـجَـمارِكِ أوَّلاً.

      It describes the time of the action.

      Hope this has helped you.

      والسلام,
      abdur rahim

  3. Abdullah says:

    Assalaamu Aleykum

    Fadeelata Shaykhina

    Jazaakumu Allaahu khayran for the beautiful explanation of أن المفسرة, this concept is now clear in my mind.

    Abdullaah
    wassalaamu aleykum

  4. Muslima says:

    AsSalamu alaikum dear shaykh Abdur Rahim,

    Is the dotless yaa in the verb ataa actually al-alif al-maqsuurah?

    Specifically, if we breakdown the verb into each radical, what would the third radical be: will we say (dotless) yaa or al alif al maqsuurah?

    Jazakum-Allahu khair

    assalamualaykum,
    Muslima

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Muslima
      وعليكم السلام

      An alif – whether it is written alif or dotless yaa – can never be the third radical.

      This alif is either yaa or waaw.

      In the case of ‘ataa’ the third radical is yaa.

      Hope this helped you.

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

      • Muslima says:

        Assalamu alaikum dear shaykh Abdur Rahim,
        Masha Allah your explanation was very clear and beneficial. I understand now alhamdulillah. Jazak Allah khair.
        I have a follow up question, but it is not urgent, so please reply whenever it is convenient for you:
        why can alif never be the third radical?
        assalamu alaikum
        Muslima

  5. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    Should the final word in the following sentence [in a book I have], be مُعَلَّةً or مُعْتَلَّةً (with a ta) or are both correct?:

    اَلْكَلِمَاتُ ٱلَّتِي يُرَادُ وَزْنُهَا، إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ مُجَرَّدَةً أَوْ مَزِيدَةً، وَعَلَى كُلٍّ إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ صَحِيحَةً أَوْ مُعَلَّةً

    Also, in the same book there appears the following:

    ((وَزْنُ ٱلْمَزِيدِ: ٱلزِّيَادَةُ إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ بِتَكْرِيرِ حَرْفٍ مِنْ أُصُولِ ٱلْكَلِمَةِ ((وَيَقْبَلُ ٱلتَّكْرِير جَمِيع حُرُوفِ ٱلْهِجَاءِ إِلَّا ٱلْأَلِف

    I would like to confirm the vowels of the sentence in the brackets. Is it “wa yaqbalut takrira jami’u…” or “wa yaqbalut takriru jami’a…”?

    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      The Shaykh says the Harakaatu l-i”raab is:

      ويَقْبَلُ التكريرَ جَــمـيـعُ …

      wa yaqbalu l-takriira jamii”u ….

      Admin

  6. Abdullah says:

    Assalaamu Aleykum

    Dear Sheikh and Respected Admin

    Jazaakumu Allaahu ahsana al-jazaa’ for the explanation of al-ism al-maqsoor, this concept is now clear and I no longer have to search the dictionaries and websites to determine whether or not there will be a tanween!

    Abdullaah

  7. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum dear Admin,

    Jazakumullah khair!! ameen.

    assalamu-alaikum
    Muslima

  8. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum,

    Dear shaykh, masdar muwwal which is أَنْ followed by a verb in mudari mansub form which I learnt in book 2. But other type of masdar muawwal which is like what is mentioned in surah al-Hujurat in ayat 5 وَلَوْ أَنَّهُم صَبَرُوا . I don’t understand this type of masdar muawwal, could you please explain it in detail? How many are the types of masdar muawwal?

    Wassalam

  9. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Jazakallah khayran.

    One more clarification. Respected shaykh said وَلَوْ أَنَّهُم صَبَرُوا= وَلَوْ ثَبَتَ صَبْرَهُم he also said
    وَلَوْ ثَبَتَ أَنَّهُم صَبَرُوا my question is after supplying the supposed verb can we say both وَلَوْ ثَبَتَ صَبْرَهُم and وَلَوْ ثَبَتَ أَنَّهُم صَبَرُوا ?

  10. Muslima says:

    Assalamu “alaikum dear shaykh Abdur Rahim,

    What is the difference between “maa adree” and “laa adree?” Do they both mean: I don’t know. I have seen both statements in the madina books.

    JazakAllah khair for your help.
    assalamu alaikum,
    Muslima

  11. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamu “alaikum dear shaykh,

    Can harfu shart and ismu shart be followed by an ism? In the following example after harf shart إِنْ comes an ism وَإِنْ مُضَارِعٌ تَلاَهَا صُرِفَا إِليَ المُضِيِّ Could you please elaborate on this?

    Wassalam.

  12. Muslima says:

    Assalamu “alaikum Admin,

    May Allah bless you for the detailed reply to my question 1. aameen.

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. aameen.

    Muslima

  13. Muslima says:

    Assalamu “alaikum admin,

    May Allah bless you for all the answers! Ameen.

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog.

    Muslima

  14. Muslima says:

    Assalamu “alaikum dear shaykh,

    Jazak Allah kull khair for your reply to my question about allahumma ballighna ramadan. Your explanation was so easy to understand, and was a joy to ponder over.

    May Allah bless you and admin always, and have mercy on you both.
    Muslima

  15. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaam!

    What a silly mistake I made in my last question!

    Would you please delete that?

    Now, I know what is meant by “illaa” as “adaatul-hasr”.

    When istithnaa is mufarragh it gives the meaning of hasr, isn’t it?

  16. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaam, Admin!

    Can I get all these books (hard copies) in Madinah Munawwarah? :

    ١. دُرُوسُ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ لِغَيْرِ النَّاطِقِينَ بِهَا - كِتَابُ الْمُعَلِّم
    ٢. اَ ْلأَجْوِبَةُ عَنِ اْلأَسْئِلَةِ الْعَامَّةِ الْوَارِدَةِ في نِهَايَةِ الْجُزْءِ الثَّالِث مِنَ الدُّرُوسِ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ
    ٣. تَدْرِيبَاتٌ فِي الْمُحَادَثَةِ
    ٤. تَدْرِيبَاتٌ فِي اْلاِسْتِيعَابِ
    ٥. سُورَةُ الْحُجُرات
    ٦. نُورٌ عَلَى نُور

    7. Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan With Lexical & Grammatical Notes
    ٨. أَرْبَعُونَ حَدِيثاً لِتَعْلِيمِ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ وَالتَّرْبِيَةِ النَّبَوِيَّةِ
    ٩. نُصُوصٌ إِسْلامِيَّةٌ
    ١٠. في بَلاطِ هِرَقْلَ في مَجْلِسِ هِرَقْلَ مَلِكِ الرُّومِ – حَدِيْثُ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ
    ١١. أَبْشِرْ بِخَيْرِ يَوْمٍ – حَدِيْثُ كَعْبِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ
    ١٢. اَلْمُسْعِفُ في لُغَةِ وَإِعْرَابِ سُورَةِ يُوسُفَ

    13. Europe speaks Arabic

    • مَنْهَجُ مَعْهَدِ تَعْلِيمِ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ بِالْجَامِعَةِ اْلإِسْلامِيَّةِ [طَبْعٌ جَدِيدٌ – ٤ مُجَلَّدَات]

    • شَرْحُ ابْنِ عَقِيل عَلَى أَلْفِيَّةِ ابْنِ مَالِك
    وَمَعَهُ
    تَأْلِيفُ محمد مُحْيِ الدِّين عَبْد الْحَمِيد

  17. Abdurroheem says:

    Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullaah wa barakatu. Admin
    I’m also eager to inquire if I could be able to get the above books in madina al-munawwarah as stated by brother. Ali Bagul

  18. sofia says:

    Please do pass my warmest greetings to Dr. V Abdur Rahim. He might not remember me anymore, but I had the honour of being one of his students in the year of 1988-89 during which he taught us Arabic Phonetics/Phonology. I also had the honour of being personally interviewed and assessed by Dr. Faa (as we called him) before entering into the Arabic Program. It is to the likes of Dr. V Abdur Rahim that I owe my own meager knowledge of Arabic without whom a forum such as this would not have been possible - ولله الحمد . May Allah grant him a long and prosperous life in the service of the Language of the Holy Qur’an. Already his Madinah Series has achieved universal acclaim and his influence on Arabic students and teachers alike continues to spread (now through his websites and other media platforms) until one day it reaches all four corners of the world, if it hasn’t already.

    Please do pass my warmest greetings to Dr. V Abdur Rahim – Sheikh Amr

    06-03-2014, 01:11 PM Amr Amr is offline Senior Member Join Date: Apr 2007 Posts: 1,225

  19. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    1) In a book that I have, there appears the following sentence:

    دَعِينَا نَشْرَبُ قَهْوَتَنَا

    The book gives the translation as: Let us drink our coffee

    I was wondering shouldn’t the word نَشْرَبُ in the sentence above be مجزوم due to being the جواب الطلب of دَعِينَا? Is this a typographical error in my book?

    2) Should the final word in the following sentence [in a book I have], be مُعَلَّةً or مُعْتَلَّةً (with a ta) or are both correct?:

    اَلْكَلِمَاتُ ٱلَّتِي يُرَادُ وَزْنُهَا، إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ مُجَرَّدَةً أَوْ مَزِيدَةً، وَعَلَى كُلٍّ إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ صَحِيحَةً أَوْ مُعَلَّةً

    3) I am currently fully vocalising some modern Arabic texts and I was wondering whether or not names should be fully vocalised. The names I have encountered include: باسِيل , شَرْبِل , أبو فاعور (all three are surnames).

    a) Should the final letter of names such as these be left unvocalised?
    b) What should the vowel be on the final letter of these names?

    Sometimes it is difficult to establish whether a name is of Arabic origin and hence I am uncertain if the name is منصرف or غير منصرف .

    Wassalam

  20. Abu Taaha says:

    Assalamu Alaikum WRWB,

    I need to order the new Kitaab al-Mu”allim that The worksheets contain more exercises, rule charts, conversation drills, flashcards & vocabulary aids. The one which is colourful as you have shown on this site. Pls tell me from where I can buy them.

    As you have given information and shown samples on this website:
    “The course is supplemented with new colourful worksheets based on the Shaykh’s interactive teaching methods and step-by-step instructions in Kitaab al-Mu”allim (3 Vol. Teachers’ Manuals on how to teach Duruus al-Lughah). The worksheets contain more exercises, rule charts, conversation drills, flashcards & vocabulary aids.”

    Jazak-Allahu Khairan,
    Wssalamu Alaikum WRWB,

    Abu Taaha

    • Abu Taaha says:

      Assalamu Alaikum WRWB,

      Are these colour worksheets that accompany Kitaab al-Mu”allim, available for the VOL 1, VOL 2 and VOL 3?

      I could only find VOL 1 up to LESSON 11 : Kitaab al-Mu”allim “Kitaab-Al-Muallim-VOL-1-LESSON-11-and-REVISION.pdf” in the Teachers’ Library. Please let me know from where I can get the rest of them.

      Jazak-Allahu Khairan,
      Wssalamu Alaikum WRWB,

      Abu Taaha

  21. Abdullaah says:

    Salaamun ‘Alaika Shaikh

    I read and understood ismut tafdeel and the answer about “Ahabbu ilaa” and “Ahabbu li”

    But I was confused by this hadeeth in the Saheehain
    قال النبيُّ صلى الله عليه وسلم للمتلاعنين: حِسابُكما على اللهِ، أحدُكما كاذبٌ، لا سبيلَ لك عليها . قال: مالي؟ قال: لا مالَ لك ، إن كنتَ صدقتَ عليها فهو بما استحللتَ من فرجِها، وإن كنتَ كذبتَ عليها فذلك أبعدُ لك

    Why is it Ab’adu laka and not Ab’adu ilaika, when بَعِدَ or بَعُدَ are both laazim. I thought you only use Laam taqwiyah when the verb is muta’addy?

  22. Abdullaah says:

    Salaamun ‘Alaika Shaikh

    I know it is correct to say:
    هو يلبس الحذائين

    But is it correct as well to say
    هو يلبس الأحذية أو هو يلبس الحذاء
    intending the meaning that he’s wearing the two shoes?

    What’s the rule for using plural or singular for the dual? I read in Qur’aan
    فقد صغت قلوبكما
    Quloob meaning Qalbaan here..

    is it okay to say
    زيد وعمر طلّاب؟
    زيد وعمر طالب؟
    الصلاة والصيام واجب/واجبات؟

  23. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum

    May Allah have mercy on both our shaykh and admin.

    I would like to ask please: I am confused whether lakinnyy and lakinnanyy are correct, and whether both innyy and innanyy are correct? Similarly for Li’anna. Is there a rule about the usage of nuun ul wikaaya?
    JazakumAllah khair
    Muslima

  24. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin. Ameen. JazakumAllah khair for your detailed reply to my previous question. I have one more question please: what is the difference between ahl and usra?

    JazakumAllah Khair
    Muslima

  25. Gohar says:

    Dear Shaikh,
    Assalam Alaikum,
    Can you clarify to me the usage of maa masdariya and how to identify it in the Quran.
    For example how can I say: he does not like my reading late at night?
    Would it be “لا يحبّ ما قرأتُ باليل متخر.” ?
    Also can you explain the uses of the seventh baab (ifti3aal) “افتعال“?

    Jazak Allah.

  26. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,

    JazakumAllah khair for the reply to my previous question.

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. Ameen.

    I have another question please: In Madinah Book 2, lesson 23, page 154 of the IFT Chennai edition, fourth last line, “Fa aynal aakharoona?” What would be the translation of the harf “fa” in this question?

    Jazakum Allah khair
    Muslima

  27. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum

    May Allah have mercy on both our shaykh and admin. Ameen.

    Jazak Allah khair for your reply to my last question. I would like to ask another question please: what is the meaning and analysis of “yaa fadeelatash-shaikh?”

    assalamu alaikum
    Muslima

  28. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. Ameen. I would like to ask a few more questions please:

    1) huwa libni mandhoor “It is authored by Ibn Mandhoor;” is the khabar for huwa, libni? (I am sorry, I don’t know the preferred way on the blog: this sentence is a quote from book 2, so do you prefer that whenever my question concerns a direct quote from shaykh’s books that I mention the exact reference, or, just ask my question?)
    2) In the third last line on page 168 of Book 2 (lesson 25), Chennai Edition, it says, “It was open until 10:oo). It is understood that it means 10 AM here, but is there a way to say AM/PM in Arabic, or do we just always figure it out from the context?
    3) If someone pronounces all Arabic texts they read, including the Madinah books, with some rules of tajweed, like the assimilation of the nuun with the yaa (an yakhruj), is that wrong?
    4) Kaana means it was/he was, but in the Qur’an it is used for Allah, and for insaan in which it implies permanence. Can you please clarify the rule with examples from the Qur’an?
    5) I understand that one who has khushoo” is a khaashi”, but what do we call one who has khashya?
    6) I know that “this is for the brother of muhammad” is ” hadha li akhee muhammadin.” How would we say, “This is for my brother Muhammad?”
    7) In the third part of exercise 6 of lesson 25, book 2, on page 171 (Chennai Edition), how do we know if it is “akhadhtu/ta/ti” when there are no vowel signs and no particular context? Can a student choose any?

    Jazak Allah khairan
    Muslima

    • Muslima says:

      Assalamu alaikum Admin,

      JazakumAllah khair for your very prompt and excellent answers! I would like to ask that for #6, in both sentences it would be muhammadin (majroor), but in one case it is majroor because it is mudaf ilayhi and in the other it will be majroor because it is badal?

      Muslima

  29. Muslima says:

    Assalamu “alaikum,

    Alhamdulillah I was able to listen to our shaykh’s explanation of kaana. I would like to learn of all the different kinds of kaana, so could you please refer me to the source where I can learn them?

    JazakumAllah khair
    Muslima

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      Kaana that is extra : ‘Selections’ course, lesson 4.

      كان الـناقصة:

      a) Madinah Book 2 lesson 25

      b) Madinah Book 3 lesson 10.

      كان الـتامـّـة:

      1. Both These Lights Emanate from the Same Niche, pg 61.

      2. NuSuuS mina l-Hadiith al-Nabawiyy al-Shariif: notes for Hadiith # 4.

      • Muslima says:

        Assalamu “alaikum admin,

        JazakumAllah khair for your prompt and very helpful reply. I have some follow up questions please:

        When you say “Kaana al-taammah” is it actually kaana at-taammati, where kaana is mudaaf and at-taammati is mudaf ilayhi? Also why is it an-naaqisah (mu’annath)?

        Jazakum Allah khayr
        Muslima

  30. Muslima says:

    Sorry, forgot to ask: could you please explain why it is al-taammatu in the transliteration even though ta is a shamsi letter? Shouldn’t it be at-taamatu? JazakAllah khair

  31. Tanweer says:

    AsSalamu Alaikum.
    Respected Sheikh, we have learnt Masdar Muawwal and Maa Al-masdariyyah in Madinah Books. Both are equivalent to a coresponding Masdar. My question is “Which one is preferable to use ? Can Maa Al-masdariyyah be only used after Harf Jar or certain Zarfs (Ba’da, Qabla) ?” Jazaakallahu Khairan.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin

      In the word كما – for example, the maa is مصدرية (in many contexts).

      The Kaaf in كما can be regarded as a noun (and not Harf jarr) when it has an i”raab such as مفعول مطلق.

      (Q71, and the suurat al-Hujuraat course).

      In the word “indamaa – which is a Zarf, the maa is also مصدرية.

      • Tanweer says:

        Jazakallahu khairan dear Admin for your reply. But when is Maa al-masdariyyah preferable over Masdar Muawwal? Is there any rule ? Suppose I want to say “That you study (Your studying) is good for you (plural)”. Shall I say
        أنْ تدرسوا خيرٌ لكم
        or
        ما تدرسونَ خيرٌ لكم
        Thank you.

  32. G M Murad says:

    Assalamu Alaikum WBT,

    Dear Prof,
    This is Murad From Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia and I am very much interested to Learn Qur’anic Arabic Language, and I have download as much as I got online from your website and lqtoronto Brother MeherAli’s Lectures.

    I watch the video from Institute of the Language of the Qur’an, Toronto, Canada.

    Please help me to get all the work sheet , practice sheet and original DVD’s, because its difficult for me to went ( TORONTO) there.

    I will be too much grateful to you.

    Regards,

    G M Murad
    HP: +6016 350 2787
    Kuala Lumpur , Malaysia

  33. علي says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    I understand the general concept of مفعول به. I wasn’t sure however where the pronoun in به returned to in مفعول به.

    Does it return to the فعل? As in مفعول به means the thing/one acted upon with the action. يعني المفعول بالفعل؟

    جزاكم الله خيرا وبارك فيكم

  34. Umm al-Khayr says:

    as-Salaamu ‘alaykum,

    I’m interested in ordering the books on the list of the Study Programme to Master the Arabic Sciences, meaning all the books from number 3 until 17. Where can I get these from, in shaa Allaahu?

  35. Ali Bagul says:

    Al-Salaamu ‘alay-kum, yaa faDeelat al-shaykh!

    My question is:
    What will be the grammatical analysis (with translation) of Ayah 40 in Suurah al-an’aam?
    قل أرأيتكم إن أتاكم عذاب الله أو أتتكم الساعة أغير الله تدعون إن كنتم صادقين
    Specially this phrase : أرأيتكم

    Please reply ASAP.
    Shukran!

  36. Khadeeja says:

    Assalamu aleykum I’d like to ask whether you have in your plans to add the rest of Teacher’s guide book 1 or not? I live in Turkey and I need Teacher’s guide, how can I take it? I checked the page you gave but I couldn’t understand how to buy from there (I guess it is in India)

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      We plan to publish on-line, most of Kitaab al-Mu”allim إن شاء الله.

      You can now purchase the complete Teachers’ Guides from our Teacher’s Library through our new, shipping service.

      • Khadeeja says:

        Assalamy aleykum, frackly speaking, pdf is easier for me , because I use these methods from the teacher’s book and supplementary materials during my online lessons and they are very helpful for the students, but if I buy a book I’ ll have to scan or smth like that, and it is more difficult for me, that is why pdf is more preferable.

  37. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaam, yaa shaykh!

    1) I want to know the difference between “sifah mushabbahah bil-fi’l” and “seeghah al-mubaalaghah”.

    2) And what is the difference between “Al-Rahmaan” and “Al-Raheem”? (I read in a book that they both are used for mubaalaghah.)

    Waiting for your kind reply!

  38. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaykum,

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. Ameen.

    I would like to ask please:

    1) If Husayn is the dimunitive of Hasan, what do both of them mean?
    2) In book 2, Chennai Edition, lesson 26, page 178, exercise 9, huwa is written above hadha is it to show that it’s haa huwa dhi? If so what is the significance of hadhii (haa-dhaal-yaa)?
    3) Does “bu’ayd” mean “a little after” and “qubayl” mean “a little before?” And does “taqreeb” mean “approximation?”

    Jazakum Allahu khayr

    Muslima

  39. Awaish says:

    Assalaamu alaikum

    Ya Shaykh can you please throw some light on جمع القِلّة and جمع الكَثْرة and their patterns.
    How do we differentiate between them ?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      السلام عليكم

      The patterns of جـمع القلة are given in our Shaykh’s

      منهج معهد تعليمِ اللغةِ العربية والعلومِ الشرعية

      Vol 3, الحديث النبويّ, Hadiith 12.

      جـمع الكثرة is also taught.

  40. abu abdillah says:

    saalam
    I am looking for the books
    Kitaab Al-Mu”allim : Three outstanding, interactive guidance manuals tailored for:

    1. Teachers of Arabic
    2. Graduates of the Madinah Arabic Course
    3. Advanced Students of Arabic.
    4. Beginner’s in Arabic (to use the new, colourful worksheets containing more exercises, oral drills, rule charts, flashcards & vocabulary aids. In Beginner’s Library).

    however there is nobody who replies for the email when I ask for the from the two placed that sell the book from India

    saalam
    abu abdillah

  41. Muhammad hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh,

    In madinah book 3 L29 we learned الْمَفْعُولُ لِاجْلِهِ is used to express the reason for an action. And in surah hujurat in ayat number 8 we see the action verb is omitted. So, just to confirm my understanding, the verb for الْمَفْعُولُ لِاجْلِهِ can be omitted, is that right?

    Wasslam

  42. Abdurroheem says:

    Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullooh wa barakatu
    Jazakumulloohu khayran for the books you sent to me in Lagos, Nigeria. It has been beneficial ever since I received them.

    my question is about the i’raab of ‘ما‘ in كلما, is it ‘ما الكافة‘ or is it ‘ما المصدرة‘ and its explanation.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      Baarak Allaahu fiik. We are glad you are benefiting.

      The ما in كلما is مصدرية.

      Pls see:

      ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ : lesson 5, DVD 3, B1-B2.

      And:

      منهجُ معهدِ تعليمِ اللغةِ العربيةِ والعلومِ الشرعية بالجامعةِ الإسلامية

      Vol 3, pg 201.

      • Ali says:

        Salaam!

        Please provide with the link of

        منهجُ معهدِ تعليمِ اللغةِ العربيةِ والعلومِ الشرعية بالجامعةِ الإسلامية

        Shukran!

  43. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله.

    يا شيخ، عندي سؤال. ما الفرق بين حمام و مرحاض و دورة المياه؟

    جزاك الله خيرا على أجوبتك

    • dr.vaniya says:

      أختي العزيزة حفظكِ الله

      السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

      أما بعد : فالحمام هو مكان الاستحمام، ويقابله
      bathroom
      باللغة الإنكليزية. أما المرحاض فهو المكان الذي يقضي فيه المرء حاجته.

      وأما دورة المياه، فهو المرحاض نفسه، غير أن هذه الكلمة ترجمة العبارة الإنكليزية
      (water closet (w.c.

      والسلام عليكم ورحة الله وبركاته.

      أخوك ف. عبد الرحيم

      • أم شريفة says:

        و ما الفرق بين مجتهد و نشيط؟ و ما ضدهما؟

        و مدخل البيت، أهو بمعنى غرفة الضيوف أم غرفة الجلوس؟

        جزاك الله خيرا يا شيخ.

  44. Abdurroheem says:

    Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullooh wa barakatu
    Jazakumulloohu khayran for the books you sent to me in Lagos, Nigeria. It has been beneficial ever since I received them.

    my question is about the i’raab of ‘ما‘ in كلما, is it ‘ما الكافة‘ or is it ‘ما المصدرة‘ and its explanation.

  45. Muhammad hasan says:

    Assalamualikum dear shaykh,

    I have learned that ان is added at the end of a noun to indicate that it is dual- representing two people or objects but the dual for الأَخُ is أَخَوان, could you please explain why is it so?

    Wassalam.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      The nasab of akhun is akhawiyyun أخَــوِيّ.

      In the same way abun is originally abawun أبَــو.

      Its dual is abawaani and its nasab is abawiyyun أَبَـــوِيّ.

      Wassalaam,

      abdur rahim

      • Muhammad hasan says:

        Jazakallah khayran respected shaykh for your answer.

        Why there is an extra waw in أَخَوان and not أَخَانِ? It doesn’t seem to follow the general rule like in طَالِبٌ طَالِبَانِ . Also, in nasb the ن disappears and يّ is added and I think majrur is same as nasb. Is it because الأَخُ is from the special five nouns?

        Wassalam.

  46. EhsanulHaq says:

    Aoa,

    I want to know where are the rules for using ism ishara and naat with mudaaf and mudaaf ilahi mentioned in arabic books of shaykh?

    Thanks,

  47. Abdurroheem says:

    Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatu
    تقبل الله منا ومنكم
    My question is based on the use of هنالك، as used by Allaah in both suratul Ahzaab v 11 and suratul Ghaafir v 85. Please what’s the ‘iraab of the word?
    أرشدكم الله إلى الحق

    • dr. vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      Our Shaykh says:

      hunaalika : the word is ‘hunaa’ and the laam is لامُ البعدِ laamu l-bu”di.

      Hunaa in both the aayahs mentioned, is maf”uulun fiihi: Zarfu makaanin.

      In aayah 11, suuratu l-AHzaab, hunaa is a Zarf of ubtuliya.

      And in aayah 85, suurat Ghaafir, hunaa is a Zarf of khasira.

      تقبل الله منا ومنكم

  48. Abu Rayyan says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    ismu tafdeem for كبير is أكبر rite? So it could be translated to “bigger” if it follows by من something or “biggest” if it a mudaf for some mudaf ilaihi. But for the kalimat takbeer it don’t have both.

    الله أكبر

    Please help me to do translation and grammatical analysis. I’ve seen some people say grammatically it means “Allah is bigger”..

    الله أعلم

  49. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin. Ameen.

    I would like to ask please: On page 93 of key for book II, Chennai Edition, it reads “the third radical is also omitted if the verb has isnad to the third person feminine singular because of iltikaa-is-sakinayni.” I don’t see how there are two sukoons coming together which require one to be omitted, so could you please show that?

    JazakumAllah khair

    Muslima

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      The Key explains this.

      The first sukuun is on the alif of da”aa, here:

      دَعَـــاْ

      The second sukuun is on the Harf, taa al-ta’niith, here:

      دَعَـــاْتْ

      With the omission of the alif it becomes:

      دَعَـــتْ.

      • Muslima says:

        But doesn’t hiya’s isnad fall under the category of sakin pronouns, so why do we give it a sukoon? Jazakum Allah khair

        • dr.vaniya says:

          When a maaDi verb is isnaaded to the third person feminine singular, taa al-ta’niith is suffixed to it.

          This taa is saakin and the alif in da”aa is saakin. This results in التقاء الساكنين.

          Admin

  50. Muslima says:

    One more question please:

    What changes take place that cause the naaqis verb like da’aa (to call) to become da’awaa (for the pronoun huma)?

    JazakumAllah khair

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin

      Our Shaykh explains this in his latest book:

      وقلْ لـهما قولا كريـما
      سورة الإسراء
      Suurat al-Israa with Lexical and Grammatical Notes.

  51. Muslima says:

    Jazakum Allah khair. For my first question about da’at, what i don’t understand is that if for the verb raja’a we don’t give the third radical a sukoon, why do we give a sukoon to the third radical in da’aa? BaarakAllahu feekum

    • dr.vaniya says:

      We are not giving any radical a sukuun.

      The verb raja”a is مبني على الفتحة. So when it is conjugated to the third person fem. singular, the saakin taa al-ta’niith and the “ayn of raja”a do not produce التقاء الساكنين:

      رَجـَـعَ + تْ = رَجَــعَــتْ.

      But دعـا ends in an alif. This alif is مبني على السكون. When this saakin alif meets the saakin taa al-ta’niith, it results in التقاء الساكنين.

      Admin

      • Muslima says:

        Alhamdulillah, I understand now. Jazakum Allah khair. Also, i don’t understand how huwa and hiya come under the category of sakin pronouns. I know there are 5 sakin and 9 mutaharrik pronoun in fi’l maad, But i dont understand how these two fall in the category of sakin pronouns.

        • dr.vaniya says:

          The scholars of Arabic classify it like this. There is a logical explanation to it. Hopefully our Shaykh will address it, إن شاء الله.

          Admin

  52. Muslima says:

    Insha Allah I hope he addresses it soon. May Allah reward our shaykh and yourself for this blog. Ameen.

    Muslima

  53. Syam says:

    Asalam aleikum

    How do I get in contact ?
    I have a issue I wish to discuss that are not meant to be public.

  54. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,
    On p.93 of key for book 2 (chennai ed) it says that the third radical is omitted when the verb is isnaded to hum. It shows the original forms, and it is clear that the waaw and yaa have been dropped. However in the kitabul muallim for lesson 28 book 2, it says that the alif or yaa is dropped. Which is correct? Do we drop the original waaw or yaa, or do we drop the alif mamdooda and alif maqsoora? Jazakum Allah khair

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      Both explanations are correct. They point to the same thing.

      fi”l naaqiS is of two kinds:

      1) Where the third radical is waaw: ناقص واوي. Or:

      2) Where third radical is yaa: ناقص يائي.

      As in:

      دَعَـــا .1

      2.بَــكَــى

      The alif or the yaa is omitted according to what type it is.

      Admin

  55. Muslima says:

    Also what changes take place to form da’ataa (third person female dual)?

  56. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum
    I can’t find it, could you please explain here how we get da’ataa?
    JazakumAllah khair

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام Sister

      The alif al-muthannaa in these verbs, is the faa”il.

      So any verb which has this alif suffixed to it, is isnaaded to the pronoun humaa.

      This applies to: دعتا.

      دعتْ is isnaaded to the third person fem. singular.

      دعتا is isnaaded to the third person fem.dual.

      • Muslima says:

        Jazakum Allah khair. The part I still don’t understand is why we drop the third radical in da’ataa?

        May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and yourself for this blog. Ameen.

        Muslima

  57. Altamash says:

    Assalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuhu.
    Please put some more books in downloads as its difficult for me to purchase it online.
    Jazakallahu khairan.

  58. Abu Rayyan says:

    السلام عليكم يا شيخنا

    Which one is correct spelling of the first month in hijrah calander in Arabic? Is it “al-muharram” or “muharram”. If it is “al-muharram” why the month of Ramadan don’t require the alif lam?

    جزاك الله خيرا

  59. Mohammed Taha says:

    Dear sheikh,
    There is this hadith I could not understand it completely. Can you enlighten me on this
    عَنِ أَبي هُريرة رضيَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى عَنْهُ عَنِ النبيِّ صَلّى الله عَلَيْهِ وَسَلّم قال: ” تُنْكحُ الْمَرْأَةُ لأرْبَعٍ: لمالها ولِحَسَبها ولِجَمَالها وَلدينها: فَاظْفَرْ بذاتِ الدِّينِ تَربَتْ يَدَاكَ ” مُتّفَقٌ عَلَيْهِ.

    I know the literal meaning of the last part is may your hands be covered in dust but what does that mean.
    تَربَتْ يَدَاكَ

  60. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    What is the mubtada & khabar in the part وهو العام الذي حاول فيه أبرهة below?

    ولد محمد – صلى الله عليه وسلم – في مكة في عام الفيل، وهو العام الذي حاول فيه أبرهة حاكم اليمن هدم الكعبة، ولكن الله حفظه بيته من شره

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام

      The mubtada is: هو

      The khabar is: العام

      الذي is an ism mawSuul and a na”t of العام.

      The part: حاول فيه أبرهة is: صلة الــموصولِ، لا مــحــلَّ لـها مِنَ الإعراب.

      The khabar can be ma”rifah according to the context, such as this one. Here is another example:

      هُوَ الــمدرِّسُ.

      ‘He is the teacher’.

      To this, we can add a na”t:

      هو الــمدرِّسُ الذي سألــناه.

      ‘He is the teacher who we asked’.

  61. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    How to translate ذاتَ يوم in the sentence below? The context is not suggesting the meaning of possession:

    فصعد الرسول صلى الله عليه وسلم ذات يوم أحد الجبال، ودعا أهل مكة إلى دين الله

  62. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    Kindly shed some light on the verb ظَلَّ in the following sentence:

    وأما خديجة – رضي الله عنها – فلقد كانت لها مكانة عظيمة عند الرسول صلى الله عليه وسلم، وظل يذكرها طول حياته

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام

      ظـلَّ in this context denotes الاســتــمرار (continuation).

      ظــلَّ يفعل كذا means: to continue doing something.

      Here it means: The Prophet صلى الله عليه وسلّم continued mentioning the virtues of Khadiijah رضي الله عنها throughout his life.

      ظـلَّ is explained on the ‘Selections’ course: DVD6.

  63. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    Why ضِدَّ is mansoob in the following sentence? Is it zarf, hal or mafool mutlaq:

    فإذا كانتْ مكةُ قد حاربَتْ الدعوةَ، ووقفتْ ضِدَّها، فها هي ذي يثرب تفتح ذِراعَيها لها

  64. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    What kind of أنْ is this? There is no mudari mansoob after it:

    فأصبَحوا إخوةً بعدَ أنْ كانوا أعداءً

  65. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    How do you explain أعلَوْنَ in the light of sarf? Are there any other words follow the same pattern:

    وَلَا تَهِنُوا وَلَا تَحْزَنُوا وَأَنتُمُ الْأَعْلَوْنَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

  66. Abu Rayyan says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    Why the مرة always mansub in the phrase of مرةً أخرى ? What is the grammar analysis of this?

    بارك الله لي ولكم

  67. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    What is the i’rabic status of الصلاةَ الصلاةَ in the following sentence:

    وكانت آخِرُ وصاياه (صلى الله عليه وسلم) لأمّتِهِ : الصلاةَ الصلاةَ، وما مَلَكَتْ أيْمانُكُم

    • Muhammad Ali says:

      I got it.
      Actually it is khabar kana.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام

      It is not khabar kaana because of the repetition of the word: al-Salaata, and because this part is a quote of the Prophet, sallallaahu “alayhi wa sallam.

      Grammatically this is إغراءٌ (ighraa’un).

      It brings the listener’s attention to something important and praiseworthy, in order to get him to perform it.

      The manSuub noun is maf”uul bihi of an omitted verb whose taqdiir is:

      الزمْ، أو اُطْلــبْ، أو اِفــعلْ.

      Pls see:

      نــصوصٌ إسلاميّة (new print) p.169.

  68. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    Why the name of the book is أَرْبَعُونَ حَدِيثاً لِتَعْلِيمِ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ when there are 42 ahadith in it?

  69. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,

    I have a few questions:

    1) Yad’u is actually yad’uwu, so if someone puts a sukoon on the waaw when conjugating it for huwa, it is wrong. Is this right?
    2) In the key for lesson 28 book 2 (chennai ed), we learn that we drop the laam kalimah for fi’l mudari” for hum and anti. Dont we also drop it for antum?

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and yourself for this blog.

    Jazakum Allah khayr

    assalamu alaikum
    Muslima

  70. taha says:

    I am reposting my question as it has not been answered for a long time.
    Dear sheikh,
    There is this hadith I could not understand it completely. Can you enlighten me on this
    عَنِ أَبي هُريرة رضيَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى عَنْهُ عَنِ النبيِّ صَلّى الله عَلَيْهِ وَسَلّم قال: ” تُنْكحُ الْمَرْأَةُ لأرْبَعٍ: لمالها ولِحَسَبها ولِجَمَالها وَلدينها: فَاظْفَرْ بذاتِ الدِّينِ تَربَتْ يَدَاكَ ” مُتّفَقٌ عَلَيْهِ.

    I know the literal meaning of the last part is may your hands be covered in dust but what does that mean.
    تَربَتْ يَدَاكَ

  71. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    Why the name of the book is أربعين النووية when there are 42 ahadith in it?

  72. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    Why the name of the book is ألفية when there are 1002 couplets in it?

    • Muhammad Ali says:

      Thank you.
      I am guessing that it is alright to round the numbers towards their 10s and 1000s if the precision is not important.

  73. Muslima says:

    jazakum Allah khair for your replies! For da’ataa why do we drop the third radical when there is no iltika i sakinayn? The taa at-ta’neeth is not saakinah as in raja’ataa.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      When I mentioned iltiqaa al-saakinayn, I was referring to da”at, not da”ataa.

      The omission of alif in da”at (due to iltiqaa al-saakinayn), remains omitted when isnaaded to the third person feminine dual: da”ataa.

      The Shaykh’s discusses this in his latest book:

      وقلْ لـهما قولا كريـما:
      سورة الإسراء
      With Lexical and Grammatical Notes

  74. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    In the sentence أَمِنَّا عَلَى دِينِنَا (from page 10 of the Shaykh’s book “Both These Lights Emanate From The Same Niche”) what is the meaning of على (that is, in what sense is على used)?

    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      It signifies الاســتــعــلاء الــمــجـازيّ al-isti”laa’ al-majaaziyy.

      It is as if they had gone on top of the diin to control it, but it is a metaphorical action.

      Hope this has helped you to understand the issue.

      Wassalam,

      abdur rahim

      • Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

        Assalamu Alaykum

        Dear Shaykh Dr V Abdur Rahim,

        I thank you for your answer and may Allah reward you abundantly.

        Wassalam

        Mohammed Khamal Uddin
        London, United Kingdom

  75. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    يا شيخ.. كم عدة من حروف الجر؟
    و ما هي؟
    هل هي تنقسم إلى حروف العامة و الـخاصة؟

    جزاك الله خيرا

  76. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    Urdu language borrowed a word “شقی القلب” from Arabic which in urdu is translated as: ruthless, unjust and tyrant, and cruel. What is its spelling in Arabic? and what does it mean in Arabic?

  77. Muslima says:

    JazakumAllah khair!

  78. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    Does Dr Abdur Rahim recommend the sharh of the Madinah Books? It is widely available on the Internet.

  79. Said al-almany says:

    Bismillah

    assalaamu 3alaykum

    Thank you very much dear respected Shaykh for using your time to answer our questions.

    I have a problem to understand the following verse in Surah 4 verse 115:

    وَمَن يُشَاقِقِ ٱلرَّسُولَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَيَتَّبِعْ غَيْرَ سَبِيلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ نُوَلِّهِۦ مَا تَوَلَّىٰ وَنُصْلِهِۦ جَهَنَّمَ ۖ وَسَآءَتْ مَصِيرًا ﴿١١٥﴾

    I dont understand this constuction: “…مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا…”

    Could you explain the single meaning of this three words in this context and how it is to understand together?

    jazaak ALLAHU khayran

    Please advice me with tafaseer or any other books what helps for understand such constructions easy and better. I found in the known dictionarys that “مِنۢ بَعْدِ” is translated as “after, afterwards”. but why is there not just “بَعْد ” ?

    I guess the kind of tafsir what I search is one which stops on every single word and brings me the meaning of it and if possible also the explanation of grammar. Does such a tafseer exist?

    The languages of the tafaseer are meant for arabic language.

    jazaak ALLAHU khayran

    Said al-almany

    • Said al-almany says:

      Bismillah

      Very beneficial, thank you very much!!!!

      jazaak ALLAHU khayran

    • Said al-almany says:

      Bismillah

      assalaamu 3alaykum

      I understood from the Shaykh his answer alhamdulillah.
      Could you please tell me upon which topic this is discussed in classic Grammar books? What is the topic “headline” to it?

      Shukran wa jazaak ALLAHU khayran

  80. Bunyameen says:

    I was studying Book 3 lesson 3. Could you please tell me how can we differentiate between mansoob “المنسوب” and singular form of “اسم الجنس الجمعي” when it takes yaa to become singular?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      السلام عليكم

      Some ways to differentiate are:

      1) The context.

      2) Learning more اسم جنس جمعيّ nouns.

      3) From the meanings and definitions given.

  81. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    How do you explain the pronoun ــهُ in قرنَهُ in the below poetic line? Can a pronoun refer to the word coming after it?

    كَنَاطِحٍ صَخْرَةً يومًا لِيُوهِنَهَا
    وَلَم يُهِنْهَا وَأَوْهَى قَرْنَهُ الوَعِلُ

  82. Abdurroheem says:

    Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullooh wa barakatu,
    My question:
    Do Masdars have its own Ismu al-muballag? because I don’t understand what ركع and سجد represent in the last verse of Sooratul Fath.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      ســجَّــدٌ is the plural of سَـــاجِــدٌ

      and رُكَّعٌ is the plural of راكــعٌ.

      They are on the pattern of: فُــعَّــلٌ.

      Pls see:

      الــمــســعِــف في لغةِ وإعرابِ سورةِ يوسف – عليه الصلاة والسلام

      pg 213.

  83. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    يا شيخ.. هل الاسم بعد كلمة “حيث” مرفوع دائما؟
    أ في محل جر؟

    جزاك الله خيرا

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      السلام عليكم

      حيثُ: ظرفُ مَــكانٍ مــبــنــيٌّ على الضمِّ في مــحل نَصْبٍ على الظرفــيَّةِ وهي تُلاَزِمُ الإضــافةَ،

      تُضَافُ إلى الــجملتيــنِ الفعليةِ والاســميةِ ولا تُضــافُ إلى الكلماتِ. نــحو:

      اجلسْ حيثُ زُمَــلاؤك جالسون .1.

      فإعرابُ الجملةِ: زُمَــلاؤك جالسون:

      في مَــحــل جــرٍّ، مــضاف إليه.

      اجلسْ حيثُ يَــجْــلِسُ زمــلاؤك. 2.

      الجملة: يَــجْــلِسُ زمــلاؤك:

      في مَــحــل جــرّ، مــضاف إليه كذلك.

      انظري كتابَ :

      الــمــســعِفُ في لغةِ وإعرابِ سورة يوسفَ

      لشــيــخِنا

      • أم شريفة says:

        طيب..

        إذا كانتِْ الكلمة “حيث” مسبوقة بحرف الجر، فهلِ الكلمة بعدها حركتها مرفوعة؟ أم مجرورة؟

        مثلا : من حيث إعرابُهُ. أو إعرابِهِ. أيهما صحيح ؟

        جزاك الله خيرا

  84. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    ما معنى كلمة “حم” في الأسماء الخمسة في الحقيقة؟

    أ هو أبو زوج/زوجة أم أقارب زوج/زوجة؟

    جزيت الجنة

  85. rehan mir says:

    assalamu alaikum

    ahsan-allah ilaikum I have a question for the sheikh hafidhullah i was wondering which arabic dictionarys wriiten in arabic would we students be advised to have barakallah feek may allah give u a longer life.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      Our Shaykh recommends:

      1. الــمــصــباح الــمــنــيــر للفـيـومــي

      2. الــصــحــاح للــجــوهــري

      3. مــفردات غريب القرآن لـراغب الأصفــهانــيّ

  86. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

    What is the meaning of juwairiyah and what is its base form jazakallahukhair in advance

  87. Muslima says:

    asslamu alaikum

    I would like to ask please: In the chennai edition of the key for book 2, page 99, it reads “The second radical loses its vowel when the verb…”
    My question is: which vowel is lost? I do not understand. I understand idghaam and fakkul idghaam.

    JazakumAllah khair
    Muslima

  88. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,

    I would like to ask some more questions please:

    1)What is the difference between jayyid and tayyib?
    2) What is the difference between ‘aam and sana?
    3)What is the meaning of “baalooah” in the sentence on page 205 of Madinah book 2 (chennai ed)?
    4) In exercise 8, part 3, p. 209 of Madinah book 2 (chennai edition), what is the meaning of the question and answer? Does it mean “Did you abuse this friend of yours O Ali?”
    5) In Madinah book 2 (chennai ed), p. 211, what does “khaas” translate as?
    6) Why is ‘indama used with fi’l maadin in exercise 8, part 6 in Madinah book 2 (chennai ed) p. 209?
    7) On p. 214 of Madinah book 2, can we translate “yumkinukuma an…” as “You can go…” or do we have to say the literal meaning which is “It is possible for you to go..”
    8) On p. 220 of Madinah book 2, exercise 4, part 7, what is the meaning of the statement?

    Jazakum Allah khair

    assalamu alaikum
    Muslima

  89. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

    My question is still unanswered ya admin

    I have another question what is rahman yani is it ismu fail or what? It comes from the root word rahima yarhamu but whats it?

  90. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    يا شيخ.. أ حروف الجر تجر الإسم فقط؟

    كيف بلام التعليل، أهي من حروف الجر؟

    هات أمثلة و إعرابها من فضلك

    جزيت الجنة على أجوبتك

  91. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

    In the language section its written in one of the lesson that the fathah of the second syllable in form 6 is dropped to economise the effort.but br, asif did not teach us.he rather said that one of the taa in tatajassusa in form6 is dropped.
    Is this in every word of form 6 the second syllable loses its fathah even in fael madhi?

  92. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
    My next question is that how come in rabbi zidni ilman the ilman is also mafulun bihi? I thought its tameez plz ya sheikh explain me

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      The verb zaada yaziidu is used as both intransitive and transitive.

      As a transitive verb, it requires two maf”uul bihii. It may also take a single maf”uul bihii. But it does not require a tamyiiz.

      Please see, e.g.

      ‘Suurat al-Nuur – with lexical and grammatical notes and DVDs’: notes for aayah 38.

  93. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,

    Jazakum Allah khair for your help!

    For #8, I’m sorry, what I actually wanted to ask was, in this statement, do we translate lil mudarrisi as “for the teacher” or “belongs to the teacher?”

    Also, could you please tell me what the plural of taw’am (twin) is?

    May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. Ameen.

    Muslima

  94. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum jazakallahukhair for the response.with reg to rabbi zidni ilman I thought its removing the ambiguity like increase me in what? Knowledge. So I thought it was tameez in that sense.

  95. Tanweer says:

    AsSalamu ‘Alaikum.
    Respected Sheikh, what is the Arabic expression of “The ten receivers of good news”? I am referring to the ten companions of the prophet (pbuh) who received the good news of jannat when they were still alive. I am asking this because in South Asia, people say “Ashara Mubashshara”, which does not seem correct.
    Jazaakallahu khairan.

  96. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum

    like zaadakillahu ilman……..here ilman is tameez. right? And zaada has one mafulun bihi , inshaallah I am right?

    Jazakumullahu khairan. mashaallah its a very beneficial forum may Allah put baraqah in it ameen

    • dr.vaniya says:

      From Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      Shukran for your message Sister.

      In زادك الله علما, the word علما is the second maf”uul bihii of زاد.

      Pls see Language lesson 7 (pg 4).

  97. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

    Alhamdulillah I learnt something new that zaada takes two mafulun bihi if its transitive .actually bro asif meher ali in his dvd said ilman is tameez in zaadaki llahu ilman, maalan etc etc so that made me confused.

    Would u plz explain me the meaning of tameez with example inshaallah and also an example where zaada is used as intransitive verb.

  98. EhsanulHaq says:

    Respected Shaykh,

    AoA,

    The Istithnaa Mufarragh is mentioned On page 45
    of the book “Both These Lights Emanate From the Same Niche”.
    At the same time,Mustathna Minhu is also explained with it.
    How can Mustathna Minhu occur with Istithnaa Mufarragh?.
    As I have studied that Mustathna Minhu occurs only in Istithnaa Taam.
    Is it a special case?

    Thanks,

  99. Muslima says:

    Assalam alaikum

    I would like to ask please: how do we write fi’l thulathi mazeed feehi in arabic, and what is the translation of it? Could you also explain for fi’l thulathi mujarrad and fi’l rubaai mujarrad? Also can we just shorten them to thulathi mujarrad and thulathi mazeed?
    Jazakum Allah khair

  100. Muslima says:

    Also can we refer to the groups/abwaab of these four categories of verbs as “forms?”

    • Muslima says:

      Jazakum Allah khair! Can we say “al fi’l athulaathi al mujarrad” and “al fi’l athulathi al mazeed fihi?” In particular I am asking about writing them with “al” and also saying “feehi” after mazeed. May Allah bless our shaykh and admin. ameen.

  101. EhsanulHaq says:

    Respected Shaykh,

    AoA,

    Please suggest some book for complete grammatical analysis of Quran?

    Thanks,

  102. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaykum,

    I would like to ask please: does mu’allam mean the thing that is taught or the one who is taught, and how do we know? Jazakum Allah khair!

    Muslima

  103. Muslima says:

    Also can we called the mazeed the derived forms?

    Jazakum Allah khair

  104. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,

    I would like to ask for advice please. I sometimes get discouraged when studying Arabic. Being non Arab I think how will I master this language which has so many words? I long to understand the Quran in Arabic and I heard that when you speak Arabic you appreciate the Qur’an more. But there are so many words! And that makes me feel overwhelmed. Could you offer any advice?

    Jazakum Allah khair

    Muslima

    • Muslima says:

      BAARAK ALLAHU FEEKUM!!! I am filled with more enthusiasm to study now. May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. May He give you both sakeenah in this life and the next, make your feet firm on the day of judgement, provide shade for you on a day when there will be no shade but His, help you cross siraat in the blink of an eye, and make you among the muqarrabeen.Ameen.

  105. Taha says:

    Dear sheikh

    What is the difference between الطُهورand الطَهور

  106. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum

    I would like to ask please: if alif is not a radical, why do we read on page 35 of Madinah book 6 “verbs ending in alif?”

    Jazakum Allah khair

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      The ending of a verb and its radical, are two different things.

      Some verbs end in alif but this is only in spelling.

      The alif is a substitute either for a waaw or a yaa which is the radical.

  107. Abdul Azeez says:

    Assalamu alaykum wa rahmotullahi wabarakatuhu.

    Please I have a question that has been bothering me for a while now, concerning conjugation of the word جاءو =هم+جاء .

    What I know is that there is suposed to be an alif of protection after waaw. Is it not mandatory or why is it not in some verses in which جاء is used in the masculine plural form? Such as surat al-Nur, verse 11 and 13.

    Jazakumullahu khairan.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Br Abdul Azeez

      وعليكم السلام

      The Qur’anic orthography differs from our modern orthography in many points. The spelling rules we follow now are of recent origin. So, we should not judge the Qur’anic spelling on the basis of our modern spelling rules.

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  108. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

    What is qareebun? Is it zarf? Zarf is usually mansub

  109. juwairiyah says:

    In page 74 madeenah book1 the last sentence is
    Baituhunna qareebun minal madrasati.

    Baitu is mubtada wa howa mudhaf
    Hunna mudhaf ilaihi
    Qareebun is khabar
    Minal madrasati is jarh majrur

    My question is: is qareebun zarfu makaan?

  110. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum mashaallah I was greatly benefitted with the explanation on zarf.would u plz give us the link to those notes.

    Mashaallah this has become my favourite site after islam-qa

  111. Dar Rayees says:

    Assalamu Alaikum

    My question is regarding what is called as “Emaan Mujmal” in the subcontinent. It is regarding the last part
    و قبلت جمیع أحكامه اقرار باللسان و تصدیق بالقلب
    If this is correct then please provide the grammatical analysis.
    However I think it must be
    اقرارا باللسان و تصدیقا بالقلب
    i.e., Iqrar and Tasdeeq should be mansub as being haal.

    WasSalaam
    darrayes@gmail. com

  112. taha says:

    Dear sheikh,
    I heard this hadith the translation says that the father is the middle door of jannah but the plural(أبواب) is used. Can you pleas explain this.

    الوالد أوسط أبواب الجنة فإن شئت فأضع ذلك الباب أو احفظه

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Br Taha

      السلام عليكم

      As you can see, it is an iDaafah construction, and the meaning is: ‘the middle one of the gates’.

      It is like:

      أحْسَنُ الطلاب ‘the best of the students’.

      Hope this is clear now.

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  113. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaykum
    I would like to ask please:
    1) What is the meaning of takaathara and mutakaathar?
    2) What is the meaning of ta’aarafa?
    3) Do jaahada and naafaqa have no maf’ool bihi because they’re intransitive? What English dictionary can I use to check transitive/intransitive?
    4) What is the meaning of aqaama? I learned “to make someone/thing stand up,” but in that case what would be the ism maf’ool and what would its meaning be?
    5) What is the difference between tadhakkara and dhakara and between tafakkara fakara and between tabayyana and baana and between wakala and tawakkala
    and between kalama and takallama?
    6) What is the meaning of mutakallam and mutabassam?
    JazakumAllah khair
    Muslima

  114. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,

    I would like to ask another question please:
    What is the meaning of mustaghfar, mustakbar, mustakhraj, and mustaqbal?

    Jazakum Allah khair

    Muslima

  115. ummnaz says:

    Assalam Alikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh..respected shaikh..Jazakumullahu khairan for answering our queries.

    I would like to know the difference between the verbs أتى and جاء..Especially in the context of stories of Musa alayhi salam ..regarding ayats(فَلَمَّا جَاءَهَا نُودِيَ أَنْ بُورِكَ مَنْ فِي النَّارِ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا وَسُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ) [Surat An-Naml : 8]

    (فَلَمَّا أَتَاهَا نُودِيَ مِنْ شَاطِئِ الْوَادِ الْأَيْمَنِ فِي الْبُقْعَةِ الْمُبَارَكَةِ مِنَ الشَّجَرَةِ أَنْ يَا مُوسَىٰ إِنِّي أَنَا اللَّهُ رَبُّ الْعَالَمِينَ) [Surat Al-Qasas : 30]

  116. ShaHRukh says:

    alSalaamu ‘alaikum ya ayyoha alShaikh wa admin!
    Jazaka ALLAHu ta’ala for your efforts in helping the students of arabic.
    I had a small request to you. The whole 2 year madina university arabic course available online on mediu.edu.my but it is not available as pdf properly. Somewhere it is available but with only 3 semesters, on the mentioned website it is poorly organised.
    What we want here is the complete and properly arranged pdf or doc files of all the books so that we may print them and study. In europe these books are available from various bookstores, but I am from India.
    You can help us by either uploading the pdfs or docs, or scan the printed edition available in europe and send to us. There are many students in my locality who want these books. Please arrange some solution as soon as possible. May ALLAH ta’alaa bless you all. ALLAH HAAFIZ
    Waiting for your reply.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحـمة الله

      Jazaak Allaahu khayran for your message Brother.

      The bookstore in Germany ships the Shaykh’s syllabus to India:

      Price of the 4 volumes: 97 Euros.
      Shipping: 59 Euros.
      Sum total: 156 Euros.

      Buy from here..

  117. ShaHRukh says:

    Ameen
    Jazka ALLAHu brother.
    May ALLAH reward you. I have one more question.
    On some websites, the pdf files of all the books are available with an extra book called ‘alNahw wa alSarf’. But they have divided the books into 3 parts only instead of 4.
    Please tell me about that extra grammer book. Here is the link to the files.

  118. ShaHRukh says:

    jazaka ALLAhu brother. Actually I have studied arabic and have by ALLAH’s grace completed advanced nahw and sarf. My teacher and I were greatly impressed with the sheikh’s curriculum. But my teacher insisted that there should be at least 1 – 1 books on sarf and nahw to be able to start learning advanced arabic. We are thinking to teach those grammer books and the other syllabus books after the 3 madina arabic reader books are completed. Thats why we wanted to know about that sarf and nahw book. Please inquire the sheikh about that book and let us know.

  119. Ayesha Nicole says:

    as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa barakatuh.

    Why is the last tashkeel on words pronounced, especially the last word of a sentence, when usually it would be pronounced with waqf/sukoon? For example, saying: “baytun” instead of “bayt” or “miftahun” instead of “miftaah” or “Hadha kursyun” instead of “Hadha kursy.” or “Hadhihi sayyraatun” instead of “Hadhihi sayyarah”.

    Is it because the rules of waqf are easy to learn, whereas learning the reasons for the last tashkeel are more difficult, and it takes time to learn them, so it is better for introductory students to sight read/hear/pronounce the last tashkeel to get used to them being recognized when written, but not always pronounced when pausing or stopping?

    Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.

    as salaamu alaikum.

  120. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum

    I would like to ask please, what does “ath-thaalitha ‘ashara” mean?

    JazakumAllah khair

    Muslima

  121. Iqra' says:

    Salam

    Can our Shaykh publish an article addressing why the words رحمة or نعمة among others in the Quran are occasionally written with تاء مفتوحة, that is, رحمت or نعمت typically but not always when they occur in an إضافة. The first and obvious answer relates to the original Uthmanic orthography but have orthographers or tajwid related any wisdom behind such conventions?

    Shukran!

  122. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum

    I am studying Lesson 5 of “Selections from the Glorious Quran”. In explanation of the istithnaa in the ayah 36 (Surah Hud) the respected Sheikh says that the exception is mufarragh as mustashna minhu is not mentioned. the ayah is as follows:

    وَأُوحِيَ إِلَىٰ نُوحٍ أَنَّهُ لَن يُؤْمِنَ مِن قَوْمِكَ إِلَّا مَن قَدْ آمَنَ فَلَا تَبْتَئِسْ بِمَا كَانُوا يَفْعَلُونَ

    My question is can مِن قَوْمِكَ not be considered as Mustashna minhu for the Mustashna مَن? Because those who believed are from amongst the People of Nuh (as) and hence they are the exception from them.

    JazakAllah Kahir Wassalam

  123. sadiya says:

    As salaam u alaikum
    question : Types of “و ” “waw” with examples

  124. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum

    I would like to know if PDF file of the Sheikh’s book “From Esfahan to Madina” is available. I could not find the PDF in the Advanced Library.

  125. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamulaikum yaa shaikh,

    We know in English there are many different tenses. But in Arabic there are basically two types of tenses i.e, Past and present which can be made to express in different tenses by prefixing different words to the verbs. I am wondering if Arabic has the same ways of expressing English tenses. For example; how would we translate tenses like: He had been speaking, He will be speaking, He will not have spoken, He would have been speaking etc?

    Wassalaam

  126. Yasmin says:

    as salaamu alaykum Shaykh Abdur Rahim,

    Why does the gender not match in the saying, “Jumuah Mubarak.”

    jazakum Allah khayran
    wa salaam

  127. علي says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    In the Qur’an, at times we see آتوُا الزكاة and at others آتوا الزكاة. I understand the basic idea and that this is a difference in فعل ماض and فعل أمر, but if the Sheikh could clarify what rules are at play in the فعل أمر form, that would be beneficial. Such as why التقاء الساكنين is permitted in the فعل أمر case. Is it because it already occurred once with واو and ياء and it cannot occur twice?

    And what books in Arabic are most recommended and most well known in the area of الصرف. I will continue to review the Sheikh’s books in English, but I have found few recommendations by the ‘ulama aside from شذا العرف في فن الصرف. I know that books/poems of النحو address some الصرف but I wanted to go into much more detail. For example further detail on the meanings of the different forms, how adding letters changes the meaning and can add emphasis (كاف vs. كافة), etc.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      This is answered here.

      • علي says:

        بارك الله فيك

        I see, it is clear now. I’ll look through the material you suggested.

        And my second question?

      • علي says:

        I understand. I would just love متون, and also larger references on الصرف. There are issues that I find every so often that I want to read about in more detail in Arabic, but I haven’t really found any well known, authentic references. From my experience, much more emphasis is given to النحو and البلاغة.

        I will no doubt continue to review the Sheikh’s books, حفظه الله, though.

      • علي says:

        I went through the Madina books and Selections from the Glorious Qur’an and a few other books the Sheikh has written some time ago. I am currently reviewing them again because as you can tell, I am rusty.

        If you could provide some references for the classical books on Sarf though, that would be much appreciated.

  128. Muslima says:

    assalamu alaikum,

    can the shaykh provide grammatical analysis of surah 2, ayat 161?

    jazakAllah khairan

    Muslima

  129. Ateeq says:

    Salaam
    From where can I purchase the Books?

    Thanks,

    Ateeq

  130. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum shaikh,

    Ustadh Asif said in MAV_BK1_DVD02_PARTB2 at 35:33 time slot that هُناكَ is ظَرْفٌ but i found in another place its اسم إشارة للمكان . Is it both ظَرْفٌ and اسم إشارة للمكان ?

  131. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Jazakallah khayran. Could you please address my previous question?

    Wassalam

  132. Ali Bagul says:

    Salamun ‘alay-kum!

    I want to know about the ending of ism manqoos when it is munaada mufrad without “al”.
    Should it also be mabni ‘ala l-dammah like we say Yaa Rabbu or not?
    For example:
    What should we say when the word “haadin” is munaada?
    Yaa haadee or Yaa haadiyu?

    Shukran!

  133. Hasan says:

    Assalamu Alaikum

    I am studying the Hadith Book “The Easy Ahadith”, in it the Hadith No. 19 is as follows:
    بُنِيَ الإِسْلامُ عَلَى خَمْسٍ: شَهَادَةِ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ الله وَأَنَّ مُحَمَّدَاً رَسُوْلُ اللهِ، وَإِقَامِ الصَّلاةِ، وَإِيْتَاءِ الزَّكَاةِ، وَحَجِّ البِيْتِ، وَصَوْمِ رَمَضَانَ

    I wanted to know why is there Kasra in شَهَادَةِ and what is the Ma’tuf of إِقَامِ إِيْتَاءِ حَجِّ & صَوْمِ.

    Jazak Allah Khair
    Wassalam

  134. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum shaikh,

    We learnt that the verb ظَنَّ takes two mafulun bihi but in the following sentence taken from Book 2 lesson 6

    أَظُنُّ أَنَّ المُدَرِّسَ ما جاءَ I can only see one mafulun bihi i.e أَنَّ المُدَرِّسَ ما جاءَ which is a nominal sentence, where is the second mafulun bihi? is it estimated like أَظُنُّ المُدَرِّسَ ما جاءَ by dropping أَنَّ?

    Wassalam

  135. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum

    I am studying Surah Hujraat Book. I want to as the question about following portion of ayah 12:
    وَلَا يَغْتَب بَّعْضُكُم بَعْضًا

    Q: Why has third person singular tense been used for the verb يَغْتَب when those who are being addressed are in second person plural بَّعْضُكُم ?

    Jazak Allah Khair
    Wassalam

  136. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum dear shaikh,

    Where is the Tamiz in the following sentence كَمْ دَرْجَةُ الحَرارَةِ في لَنْدَنَ؟

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      The Shaykh explains this in كتاب الـمعـلِّـم Vol. 1, notes for lesson 19.

      Also in Vol. 2.

  137. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum,

    Jazakum Allah khair for your reply to my q above. I would like to ask please: what does bid’un mean in this hadith:

    الإِيمَانُ بِضْعٌ وَسَبْعُونَ شُعْبَةً

    jazakum Allah khair
    Muslima

  138. Sister says:

    Assalaam Aleikum,
    How can I buy all the Madinah University syllabus books? I live in Kenya.
    Which other books should I buy to benefit fully from these books?
    Are there books that have the solutions to help me study on my own. Please email me inshaALLAH.

  139. Basheer says:

    السلام عليكم

    Respected Shaykh, in your book “Al-Mus’if” you explained that the “ما” in the part of the ayah “ما هذا بشرا” is “ما الحجازية“. My question is: when is “ما التميمية” and “ما الحجازية” used? And what is the difference between them apart from the fact that “ما الحجازية” acts as “ليس“?

    • Basheer says:

      jazakumAllah khayr

      I see كتابُ الـمعـلِّمِ لـ: دروس اللغةِ العربية in the Advanced Library section, but I only see Volume one or part of it. Is it possible to obtain all 3 volumes electronically even if I have to pay for them?

  140. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    What books, reference grammars and dictionaries written by western scholars/orientalists does the Shaykh recommend (if any) to supplement a learner’s studies (beginners’ to advanced levels) of classical Arabic?

    Wassalam

  141. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum

    As a continuation to the above post, what is the Sheikh’s advice regarding grammar books in Urdu? I live Pakistan and have completed the three Madina Books course along with the Selections from the Glorious Quran and Surah Hujurat. Is there any advanced grammar book in Urdu recommended by the Sheikh for further study or consolidating the already acquired knowledge through the Madina Books?

    Jazak Allah Khair
    Wassalam

  142. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    One of my friends has requested me to teach his 3 year old child.
    I am supposed to teach him from Alif-Baa (i.e. Arabic letters).
    Please suggest me something (i.e. book, method, etc.).

    Shukran!

  143. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum Respected Sheikh

    I am studying the Book: “Nur-un ala Nur”. I could not fully understand the following aspect of Ayah 41:

    (41) أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّ اللَّـهَ يُسَبِّحُ لَهُ مَن فِي السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَالطَّيْرُ صَافَّاتٍ ۖ كُلٌّ قَدْ عَلِمَ صَلَاتَهُ وَتَسْبِيحَهُ ۗ وَاللَّـهُ عَلِيمٌ بِمَا يَفْعَلُونَ

    1. What are the two objects taken by تَرَ ? To me they seem to be the Masdar Muawwal أَنَّ اللَّـهَ and مَن. Is this correct?
    2. It is stated in point 3 that “The Masdar Muwwal أَنَّ اللَّـهَ يُسَبِّحُ لَهُ مَن فِي السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ covers both objects ” what is meant by this? Are we looking for 2 Mafoolun Bihi for Masdar Muawwal which are different from those of the verb تَرَ or this refers to something else?

    Jazak Allah Khair
    Wassalam

    • Hasan says:

      Salaam and JAK for your reply. Alhamdulliah, it has clarified my confusion.

      I would like to ask admin whether كتاب الـمعلِّم is available in Pakistan from any Dar-us-Salam Book Store?

  144. Bunyameen says:

    Why is “ثلاث ” in “مدّة الدراسة في ذلكَ المعهد ثلاث سنوات” considered as khabar?

  145. ABU MOHAMMED says:

    Assalamu Alaikum Respected Shaikh,
    1) I can read Quran but to understand the Quranic Arabic which books I should start with.(English version)
    2)My wife wants to study the same in Urdu. (she also can read Quran). Please recommend the books to start with.

    Jazak Allah Khair

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحـمة الله

      We recommend you start the Madinah Arabic Course (in 3 Vols) named:

      دروس اللغة العربية لغير الناطقين بـها

      The Shaykh teaches this in Arabic and English.

      The course, and accompanying media materials, are free in the Beginner’s Library.

      For your wife, we recommend the same course which the Shaykh also teaches in Arabic-Urdu.

      The materials are the same except for the Keys and audios.

      Keys in Urdu.

      Audios in Urdu.

      May Allaah make easy your journey to learning Arabic.

  146. muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikuum

    I would like to ask please:

    What does Aafak Allah mean?

    JazakAllah khair

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحـمة الله

      Our Shaykh says this is a name and some names do not have any meaning.

      أفُـقٌ ufuq-un means horizon and its plural is آفَـاقٌ aafaaq-un.

      • dr.vaniya says:

        Sister, if you mean: عـافـاك الله

        this means: ‘May Allaah grant you health’.

        It is like saying: شـفاكَ الله

        Shukran for your note Sister Ummehs.

        Admin

  147. Muslima says:

    BarakAllahu feekum! Yes the latter is what i meant. Im sorry I didnt spell correctly in transliteration; i didnt hear it properly when i did. I wanted to ask please: does hidhaaun mean 1 shoe or a pair of shoes?

    • Muslima says:

      JazakumAllah khair. What does generic term mean? Also i want to ask please: why is mudari form used in this chapter 8 verse 30 of Quran? BarakAllahu feekum

  148. Question says:

    Bro., I would like to know the concept of:

    laa mahalla laha mina iraab.

  149. Muhammad Saleem says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    Dear doctor,

    I am confused with the usage of the word “قال” in Surah Yusuf in ayah 30:
    (وَقَالَ نِسْوَةٌ فِي الْمَدِينَةِ امْرَأَتُ الْعَزِيزِ تُرَاوِدُ فَتَاهَا عَن نَّفْسِهِ), should it not be “قالت” because it is female?

    Thank you and may Allah reward you with good and accept your efforts. Ameen.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحـمة الله

      Pls see:

      الـمسـعِف فـي لغةِ وإعرابِ سورة يوسـفَ

      Aayah 30.

      Advanced Library.

  150. Hasan says:

    السلام علیکم
    I have finished the Book “From Esfahan to Madina”. I wanted to check my answers to the questions given at the end of the Book. If answers are available, can these be posted on the website or e-mailed to me?

    JAK Wassalam

  151. Hasan says:

    السلام علیکم
    I have a question regarding the spelling rules for final “hamzah (ء)”. I have the understanding that it takes the “chair” of the harakah on the letter preceding it. Therefore, e.g. in يتوضَّأُ hamzah gets a chair of alif even though it has got a dammah which is stronger than fathah, and it would have got the chair of waaw if it had been in the middle.

    Am I correct in my understanding?

    JAK Wassalam

  152. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum
    What is a good Eng to Arabic dictionary plz?
    JazakumAllah khair
    Muslima

  153. Abu Rayyan says:

    السلام عليكم يا شيخنا الكريم

    Actually What is the meaning of this word
    استبرأ

    From dictionary it seems to be meaning like “released from / discharge from”. But most translation of the following hadith is like this:-

    فَمَنْ اتَّقَى الشُّبُهَاتِ فَقْد اسْتَبْرَأَ لِدِينِهِ وَعِرْضِ
    So whoever saves himself from these suspicious things saves his religion and his honor

    How does the meaning of “released from” comes to the meaning of “safe”?

    جزاك الله خيرا

  154. Muhammad Saleem says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    I would like to ask about:
    يا الله”

    1. I just learned in Medinah Book 2 – English Key, Page 62, that if the noun after “يا” has “ال“, then “أيها” is added, to make it “يأيها الـ

    2. How is it it pronounced? Does the “يا” connect to “ل” due to the “همرة الوصل” as in “با ابن“?

    Jazaakallahu Khayran

  155. Question says:

    In Kitab al-Mu’allim, Part 1, on the last line of page 63 it says that the mentioned issues should only be mentioned to a student who asks about them and is one who has studied them before. What does it mean for the student to have studied them before? I don’t understand the advice being given here in this context. Could you please explain.

  156. Muhammad Saleem says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    May Allah reward you for answering my questions, and quickly at that!

    I have a question regarding the name “محمد
    If I understand correctly, it comes from:
    الفعل الماضي – حـمَّد – he praised
    الفعال المضارع – يُحَمِّدُ – he praises
    فاعل – محمِّد – the one who praises
    مفعول – محمَّد – the praised (this is the name)

    Can this name only be attributed to men?
    Because if we praise الله سبحانه وتعالى, we can refer to ourselves as “المحمِّدون“, and if that is the case, then linguistically, can we attribute the مفعول to Him?

    Jazaakallahu khayran

  157. Muhammad Babaev says:

    السلام عليكم و رحمة الله! أحسن الله إليكم الشيخ ف. عبد الرحيم. أنا بائع الكتب الروسي و هل تمكنني من بيع الكتب اللتي ألفتها منها المستويات الأربع لكتاب دروس اللغة العربية حيث أطبعها طباعة جيدة في المطبعة فأبيعها لغير الناطقين بالعربية؟
    إلا فربما عندكم شروط خاصة لذاك
    أرجو منكم الإجابة العاجلة
    فجزاكم الله خيرا و نفع الله بنا و بكم العباد

  158. Muhammad Babaev says:

    As-salamu ‘aleykum wa rahmatullah!

    May Allah reward you for all your deeds, dear sheikh doctor F. Abdurrahem. I have my own internet online-market of books for muslims on russian language. Will you allow me to imprint your books in good edition, namely 3 volumes of Medina course for selling it in Russia?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Brother

      جزاك الله خيرا for both your letters which I have sent to our Shaykh who replied to you by email.

      Admin

  159. Ghousia Khan says:

    السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته يا استاد

    JazakAllahu Khairan Kathira for reply!

  160. Muhammad Saleem says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    I have a question regarding the usage of “أن” and “إنَّ

    I have learned from my Arabic teacher, and I think it is also taught in Medinah Book 2, that:
    - When it is “قَال” then “إنَّ” is used
    - When it is “علم” or “شهد” then “أن” is used

    In the Quran, on a number of occasions, “إنَّ” is used after “شهد” and “علم“.
    Such as Surah Al-Munafiqun, Verse 1:
    نَشْهَدُ إِنَّكَ لَرَسُولُ اللَّـهِ” ,”وَاللَّـهُ يَعْلَمُ إِنَّكَ لَرَسُولُهُ” ,”وَاللَّـهُ يَشْهَدُ إِنَّ الْمُنَافِقِينَ لَكَاذِبُونَ

    Can you please clarify:
    1. What “نشهد إنَّك” and “يعلم إنَّك” mean exactly? I have seen many English translations and all of them translate “إنَّ” as “that”
    For example:
    “When the hypocrites come to you, [O Muhammad], they say, “We testify THAT you are the Messenger of Allah.” And Allah knows THAT you are His Messenger, and Allah testifies THAT the hypocrites are liars.”
    - Sahih International

    2. What is the difference of using both in this context?

    3. When do you use one or the other with those verbs?

    Jazaakallahu Khayran

  161. Hasan says:

    السلام علیکم
    I have finished the Sheikh’s Book “Suurat al-Israa’ with Lexical and Grammatical Notes”. Now I am starting the exercise given at the end. It would be very helpful for people like me who are studying Arabic through the net and have no one to refer to, if answers for the exercises of this book (and other books) can be posted on this website. My previous request regarding answers to “From Esfahan to Madina” was very graciously fulfilled, which helped me a lot.

    JAK Wassalam

  162. Muhammad Saleem says:

    السلام عليكم,

    I would like to ask what the meaning of “غير” is?

    Why is there “بـ” prefixed to it sometimes? Such as “بغير الحق“, does it change the meaning?

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  163. Muhammad Saleem says:

    السلام عليكم،

    May Allah reward you good for answering my questions very quickly and making it as clear as possible for me.

    I am sorry, but I have 1 more question bothering me,
    What is the difference between:

    ذلك and ذلكم

    أولئك and أولئكم

    What does the ضمير mean in this case?
    As far as i know, ذلك and ذلكم are both translated the same way as “that”, likewise for أولئك and أولئكم as “those”

    Once again, may Allah reward you immensely for your hard work and efforts, and grant you Jannah Al-Firdaus, Ameen

  164. Mohammed Danish says:

    As salaamu alaikum,
    All the Word & Powerpoint documents provided as links in Blog are not opening after download. Please look into so that it can be usable in Windows 8/MS Office 2013.
    Jazak ALLAH khair

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام

      Powerpoint files will not open in Windows 8 unless you have a Powerpoint Reader installed.

      You can download one from: Digital Teaching Aids.

      I’ll look at the other problem إن شاء الله.

  165. Mohammed Danish says:

    As Salaamu alaikum,
    Please guide me where can I get the books from in Chennai where I’m currently working (Originally I belong to Kolkata). I also need suggestion whether with Self Study can I learn enough Arabic to understand the Qur’an as well as speak Arabic? Also are there any Arabic Classes being conducted Shaykh Abdur Rahim in Chennai?
    Jazak ALLAH Khair

    • Mohammed Danish says:

      Jazak ALLAH khair for the reply Shaykh….
      Please just clarify whether the book recommended for study of Arabic language are available for full download on this blogsite or just some pages are available for download. Also would request for resolving the problem in downloading the Word links available which are not opening in Office 2013 whereas PDF files are getting downloaded easily.

      Wassalaam

  166. Anis Ahmad Zuberi says:

    As-salam-alekum wa rahmat-ul-Allahe wa barakatuho. I am eager to learn Arabic as a ‘ghair nateq’. How do I start On line lessons as a beginner? I have read books 1-3 “Al-Arabia Lin-nash-een’ le-ghair-en-nateqeen bil-Arabia” published by ‘Wazarat al-Maaref Idaratel-kutub al-madraseya’. How could I join to learn and make progress to perfect my Arabic further under the Shaykh’s on-line course?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      You can start the lessons and courses right away. There is no procedure to join.

      Pls visit the Beginner’s Library.

      Brother, the course you named, has a number of errors in it – as confirmed by our Shaykh.

      You will learn the corrections in our Shaykh’s courses, إن شاء الله.

      • Anis Ahmad Zuberi says:

        As-salam-o-alekum, al-akhal-kareem, muntazem le Dr Vaniya fi beramej al-lugha al-arabia,

        JazakumuAllah. Insha-Allah I shall follow the instructions and enter the Library – soon. I shall be seeking your advice when needed as I proceed to cover the lessons.
        Best regards,

        Anis A. Zuberi

  167. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum

    I am studying the Sheikh’s book “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche”. I need help in understanding the second last line on page 12 i.e. و اعلم بما عابوا علیھم. Please also refer to point 22 on page 54 which explains that the عائد is omitted here, and with عائد it will be عابوہ. This is not clear to me. I would be grateful if you could explain what is ما referring here to? And why is ہ the عائد instead of و in عابوا?

    Jazak Allah Kahir
    Maa Salaam

  168. Abu Rayyan says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    Can you explain the usage of بن in Arabic names. Is it مضاف إليه to the first name? I saw sometimes it is مرفوع and sometimes it is مجرور. What determined their deflection?

    And can you show me how to read this?
    محمد بن عبدالله بن عبد المطلب بن هاشم

    Almost all sample on the net reads like this

    محمد، ابن عبد الله، ابن عبد المطلب، ابن هاشم

    Is this the correct way of reading the نسب?

    جزاك الله خيرا

  169. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    يا شيخ، ما الإعراب كلمة؛ “مبكرا” في الجملة “يستيقظ مبكرا”. هل نستعمل “مبكرة” في حالة مؤنث؟
    مثل : تستيقظين مبكرة. أ هذا صحيح؟

    جزيت الجنة

  170. علي says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    Can you explain the rules the word عشر?

    For example there is:
    الثالثة عَشْرَةَ
    وفي قوله تعالى:
    فانفجرت منه اثنتا عَشْرَةَ عينا
    وأيضا:
    تِلْكَ عَشَرَةٌ كَامِلَةٌ
    وأيضا:
    اثْنَيْ عَشَرَ نَقِيبًا
    وأيضا:
    فَلَهُ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا

    It seems as if the rules are reversed for مؤنث and مذكر. Would you also be able to explain the reasoning behind this? Is it simply some phonetic reasoning? Have the علماء written regarding this in فقه اللغة?

    I’ve gotten pretty far in my studies of Arabic, but العدد والمعدود has always cause me confused especially as I’ve heard there are multiple اللغات. For example, I have seen ثماني عشر مسألةّ and ثمناي عشرة مسألةّ on the same page. So if you بارك الله فيكم could provide clarification that would be great.

    Also any references to the sheikh’s books. Besides Madinah Book 2.

  171. علي says:

    بارك الله فيك for the information.

    My understanding has improved. But a few confusions:

    1) Is there any reasoning behind the different states of شين in عشر and عشرة alternate in عدد مركب? For example اثنتا عشْرة and عشَرة and اثني عشَر and عشْر. When اثني عشر is مركب it has فتحة, the اثنتا عشرة is مركب but with سكون, and vice versa.

    2) القواعد الخمس what is إعراب of this? الخمس cannot be considered منعوت? I understand the difference in meaning:
    خمس قواعد: five principles (1)
    القواعد الخمس: the five principles (2)
    القاعدة الخامسة: the fifth principle (3)

    هل للمثال الثاني يعني “القواعد الخمس” مسمى في اصطلاح النحويين حيث أنهم يفرقون بينه وبين الأول الذي ذكرته؟

    • dr.vaniya says:

      #2: No, it is not man”uut, it is na”t. See Madinah Book 2 and on-line Grammar lesson 8.

      #1: This kind of intricacy is of no benefit at this stage.

      والسلام
      Admin

  172. علي says:

    1) Sorry for the questions, but how can الخمس be considered النعت in القواعد الخمس when النعت agrees with المنعوت? If that was the case, then would it not be القواعد الخمسة?

    جزاك الله خيرا أخي

  173. Muhammad Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    If a noun is مرفوع does it necessarily mean that it is the Subject?

    Also, same as if it منصوب, does it mean that it is an Object?

    And what does مجرور indicate? That the noun is preceded by a preposition/particle?

    Jazaakallahu Khayran

  174. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم,
    يا فضيلة الشيخ الدكتور عبدالرحيم المحترم

    I have a few questions:

    1. Can a proper noun, such as عُزَيْرٌ, take a نعت? If yes, how does the نعت follow the proper noun?
    For example, there are 2 عزير, a small one and a big one, how can I say:
    “I met the big عزير in the house of the small عزير?”

    2. Can مبتدا be indefinite? If yes, what are the cases when it is as such?

    3. How do you write the صفة of a مضاف ومضاف اليه both? Would the following be correct:

    بيتُ الطالبِ الجديدِ الكبيرُ قديم”

    (The الكبيرُ with ضمة to indicate it is صفة for بيت)

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  175. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    Which Arabic-Arabic dictionaries does the Shaykh recommend?

    Wassalam

  176. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    I was reading a certain text in which the following phrase occurs:

    تعد القيم التربوية أحد مرتكزات العمل التربوي

    I was wondering whether it should be إحدى instead of أحد in the above phrase?

    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام

      The Shaykh says the rule is to look at the gender of the singular of the مضاف إليه.

      So we say:

      أحدُ الـمراكز

      One of the centres.

      أحدُ الـمـساجدِ

      One of the mosques.

      إحدى الـمدارس.

      One of the schools.

      Etc.

  177. Muhammad Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    What are the different meanings/types of أي؟

    Jazaakumullaahu khayran

  178. أسلم says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    In كتاب التوحيد للشيخ محمد بن عبد الوهاب it is mentioned:

    عظم شأن الثلاثِ آياتٍ المحكماتِ في سورة الأنعام عند السلف

    What is the إعراب of this?

    How is this different from
    الآيات الثلاث ?

  179. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    يا شيخ.. لعلك بخير

    عندي سؤال.. ما إعراب “كم الساعة”؟

  180. Muslima says:

    aSSalamu alaikum
    I would like to ask please.
    On page 87 of madinah book 6, what is the plural of ibhaam, as-sabaaba, unmulah, al wusta, ar-raaha, al khinsir, and al binsir? BarakAllahu feekum

    Muslima

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      إبهام : ج = إبْـهَامَاتٌ، وأبَاهِيــمُ.

      الوُسْطَى : ج = الوُسَــطُ

      خِـنْـصِــرٌ : ج = خَناصِـرُ

      بـنـصـر: ج = بَـنَـاصِـرُ

      راحـة: ج = راحٌ

  181. Muhammad Saleem says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    When do (أن (فعل مضارع give the meaning of lest?

    For example:

    “وألقى في الأرض رواسي أن تميد بكم”

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  182. Muhammad Saleem says:

    السلام عليك،

    I am sorry again for all the questions, may Allah reward you good!

    In Medinah Book 3 English Key – Lesson 12, ظروف are explained.
    It says that “متى” and “أين” are ظرف
    I thought they were حرف الاستفهام?

  183. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    يا شيخ.. قد وجدت كتابا عنوانه “سهلويه”. ما معنى سهلويه في الحقيقة؟

    جزيت الجنة على أجوبتك

  184. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum

    We have studied that for “aaqil” beings (i.e. humans, Jinns and Angels) regular plural tense is used for plurals, while for “Ghair aaqil” objects fem. singular tense is used for plurals. However, in the following ayah (Al-Baqarah: 102) fem. sing. tense has been used for Shayateen, why is this so?

    وَاتَّبَعُوا مَا تَتْلُو الشَّيَاطِينُ عَلَىٰ مُلْكِ سُلَيْمَانَ

    JAK Wassalam

  185. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    What is the meaning of معديكرب? it comes in Duruus-ul-Lughah.

  186. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    How do you explain the compound noun معديكرب? What are the words it is composed of and what are their meanings.

  187. Muhammad Saleem says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    I am confused with using مفعول مطلق

    When some says:
    أكلت كثيرا

    Is it actually:
    أكلت أكلا كثيرا

    In this case, أكلا is مفعول مطلق and كثيرا is صفة right?

    is it possible to say كثيرة؟
    Because if the مصدر is محذوف how do we determine its gender?

    جزاك الله خيرا

  188. أسلم says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    ما هو الفرق بين فاعل وتفاعل من حيث المعنى ؟ مثل ضارب عمر زيدا وتضارب عمر وزيد

    وأيضا ما هو الفرق بين المصدر واسم المصدر من حيث المعنى ؟

  189. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum Respected Sheikh,
    As a side material for learning Arabic Language I have been reading Qasas ul Nabiyeen. I am now on Vol. 3 Page 135 and have encountered two sentences which I need help in understanding. These are as follows:

    وَوَجَدَ امْرَأَتَیْنِ تَذُودَانِ غَنَمَهُمَا وَتَنْتَظِرَانَ أَنْ یَسْقِيَ النّاسُ فَتَسْقِیَا۔

    وَکأنّما عَرَفَتَا أنَّ مُوسی سَیَسْألَهُمَا: فَلِمَاذَا لا یَسْقِيَ أحدٌ مِن رِجَالِ بَیْتِکُنَّ؟

    First, I do not understand why is there a fatah on the last nun of تَنْتَظِرَانَ in the first sentence (Despite my best efforts I do not remember this form in any verb conjugation).

    Secondly, why is یَسْقِيَ mansub in the second sentence?

    Jazak Allah Khair for your time, wassalam.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Both these are printing mistakes.

      They should be:

      تنتظرانِ، يَسْقِي

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  190. Muhammad Saleem says:

    السلام عليكم

    In the following ayat:
    لِيُكَفِّرَ اللَّـهُ عَنْهُمْ أَسْوَأَ الَّذِي عَمِلُوا وَيَجْزِيَهُمْ أَجْرَهُم بِأَحْسَنِ الَّذِي كَانُوا يَعْمَلُونَ

    - Surah Zumar:35

    Why is it بأحسنِ with kasrah on the نِ?
    Is not أحسن supposed to be مـمنوع من الصرف?

    As in the ayat:
    وَإِذَا حُيِّيتُم بِتَحِيَّةٍ فَحَيُّوا بِأَحْسَنَ مِنْهَا أَوْ رُدُّوهَا

    جزاك الله خيرا

  191. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum

    I am studying the book “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche”. On page 26 second last line (reproduced below) what is the meaning of القوم?

    من رجل یخرج حتی یحضر وقیعة القوم ثم یاتینا بالخبر؟

    Jazak Allah Khair, wassalam

  192. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    What is the difference between
    سُرْعَة” and “سريع” ?

    جزاك الله خيرا

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Br Uzair

      وعليكم السلام

      سريع means fast, e.g.,

      هذه السيارةُ سريعةٌ.

      لا تـمـشِ سريعاً.

      The word سرعة means speed, e.g.,

      ما سرعةُ سيـَّارتـِـكَ؟

      What is the speed of your car?

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  193. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum Dear Admin. Brothers

    Please note that in the solutions to exercises of “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche” answers to Q8 part 3, 4 & 5 and answers to Q9 part 1&2 are missing. Please rectify the error.

    Jazak Allah Khair
    wassalam

  194. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alikum respected Sheikh,

    I am doing Q26 of the book “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche.”
    Please clarify for me whether the name عمرو is a diptote or triptote? In the solution booklet it is not mentioned as a diptote, and I could not understand how will it decline as it has a و in the end – so how will it take a kasrah?

    Jazak Allah Khair
    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      عمرو is a triptote and has tanwiin: عَـمْـرٌو.

      With kasrah it is written:

      لعبتُ مع عَمْـرٍو.

      Its declension and orthography are explained in Madinah Book 2, dars 16.

  195. Muslima says:

    Assalammu alaikum

    I would like to ask plz: what is the meaning of unmula?

    JazakumAllah khair
    Muslima

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Sister

      أُنْـمُـلَـةٌ means:

      ‘one of the three divisions of the finger’;

      ‘fingertip’.

      Plural: أَنَـامِـلُ.

      This is taken from our Shaykh’s:

      معجم الكلمات الواردة في : دروس اللغة العربية

      Glossary of Words used in Duruus al-Lughah pg 221.

      Here is part of an aayah with أنامل:

      وإذا خَـلَوْا عَضُّـوا عليكم الأنـامـلَ من الغيظِ

      ‘ …But when they are alone, they bite the tips of their fingers at you in rage.’

      آل عمران 119:

  196. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum Respected Sheikh,

    We know that أحدث is a diptote. However, on P28 of “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche” it takes a kasrah i.e. مِن أحدَثِ القوم سناً. Why is this so?

    Jazak Allah Khair,
    Maa Salamah

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Br Hasan,

      وعليكم السلام

      The answer is very simple. It takes kasrah because it is muDaaf.

      A diptote becomes a regular noun in two cases:

      a) when it is muDaaf as in the example you have cited. Here is another example:

      درستُ في كثيرٍ من مدارسِ الهندِ.

      darastu fii kathiirin min madaaris-i l-hindi.

      b) when it has the definite article al-, e.g.,:

      الغلافُ الأخضرُ أجملُ مِنْ الغلافِ الأحمرِ.

      al-ghilaafu l-akhDaru ajmalu min al-ghilaafi l-aHmar-i.

      I hope this has helped you understand the problem.

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  197. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم,
    يا فضيلة الشيخ

    I have a few questions:

    1. One of the thing that makes an اسم mansub is مستثنى, then why is it in some ayah, the word after إلا is not منصوب such as the word قليل in Surash Nisa Ayah 66:
    ما فعلوه إلا قليلٌ منهم”

    2. Regarding the rule الترخيم, when can it be applied? If there is a proper noun after the munada only? And if the name after the يا is عزير, how do we adjust the tashkeel? Are the following 2 ways correct:
    - يا عزَيْ
    - يا عزَيُ

    3. What are the meanings of the following words:
    - نادرا ، عادة ، غالبا ، أبدا

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  198. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh

    With the help from Allah Ta’ala, and your continuous guidance I have now started the Book “Fi Balaati Hiraql”. I would greatly appreciate your advise regarding how the book should be studied – as it is completely in Arabic.

    Please also explain for me the verb َجِیء appearing on page 7. We have studied it as جَاءَ - یَجِیءُ so why has it been written with its original letters? Or am I missing something?

    Jazak Allah Khair
    Wassalam

  199. T Prasetya says:

    Assalamu’alaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh Syaykh Dr Abdur Rahim
    I’m confused with the word bismi. The bismi in surah Al-Fatihah verse 1 that the letter alif doesn’t appear while in the surah Al-Alaq verse 1 that the letter alif appears there. Why this is different. Please could you explain it?

    Wa ‘alaikumussalam wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh

  200. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

    In book2 ch26 pg 179 old version its written

    Haadhihi tadhkiratu taaeratin ila dimashqa dhahaban wa iyaaban.

    Why is dhahaban and iyaaban mansub? My student asked me and I am not very sure so plz help me .

    Jazakallahukhair in advance

  201. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,

    I am studying the Book “Fi Balaati Hiraql”. I cannot fully understand the following part:
    وَسَأَلْتُكَ هَلْ كَانَ فِي آبَائِهِ مَلِكٌ فَزَعَمْتَ أَنْ لاَ ‏.‏ فَقُلْتُ لَوْ كَانَ مِنْ آبَائِهِ مَلِكٌ قُلْتُ رَجُلٌ يَطْلُبُ مُلْكَ آبَائِهِ
    I cannot understand why قُلْتُ has been used twice in one sentence, and what is its exact meaning.

    Jazak Allah Khair, and may Allah grant you health and long life.
    Wassalam

    • Hasan says:

      Assalamo Alaikum,

      I have understood the sentence now. However, you mentioned that قلتُ is jawab “law” so why it does not take “lam”, as we studied in Book-3 Ch. 12?

      JAK Wassalam

  202. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم

    يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    In the ayah:
    وقالت اليهود عزيرٌ ابن الله

    Why does عزيرٌ have a tanween? I thought the tanween is dropped like in خالدُ بن الوليد

    جزاك الله خيرا

  203. Abu Aisha says:

    asalamu alaikum wr wb ya ikhwan i want to learn gramatical analysation of bk 2 and 3 how can i do

  204. Abu Aisha says:

    السلام عليكم
    هل انا صحيح اين ذهب محمد
    اين=مبتدأ ذهب =فعل ماض و محمد فاعل وهو جملة فعليه خبر

  205. Abu Aisha says:

    متى يكون اين مبتدأ و متى الخبر المقدم

  206. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum respected sheikh
    May Allah Ta’ala grant you health and long life.

    I have difficulty determining the إعراب of the following sentence from “Fi Balaati Hiraql”, I would be grateful if this could be explained:

    فَقَدْ عَرَفْتُ أَنَّهُ لَمْ يَكُنْ لِيَدَعَ الْكَذِبَ عَلَى النَّاسِ ثُمَّ يَذْهَبَ فَيَكْذِبَ عَلَى اللَّـهِ ‏

    Jazak Allah Khair wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      Our Shaykh has explained the grammar in the notes.

      The Shaykh recommends the following study method:

      1. Read the text once, with the help of the lexical notes and explanations of the vocabulary.

      Any words you do not understand in Arabic, you may look them up in any Arabic-English dictionary recommended by the Shaykh such as Hans Wehr.

      2. Then read the grammatical notes.

      3. Then return to reading the text in light of the lexical and grammatical clarifications.

      At this stage, your understanding of the text will be much better than your first reading.

      4. Then proceed to the exercises.

      This is the Shaykh’s advice.

      • Hasan says:

        Assalmo Alaikum Admin Brothers
        I think the Sheikh’s advice should be included in the next edition of the book as it will make the students’ efforts more productive.

        Regarding the grammatical elements of the sentence, I am unable to find it in the book. Can you please guide me to the page number where it appears?

        JAK Wassalam

        • dr.vaniya says:

          from Admin
          وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

          Shukran Brother for the useful suggestion.

          The grammar is explained on pg 46-47, point 32.

          More practice comes in :

          المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف، عليه الصلاة والسلام.

          • Hasan says:

            Assalamo Alaikum and Thanks for your reply.

            I have gone through point 32 which explains the first part of the sentence but what I do not understand is why the two verbs in the second part are mansub?

            ثُمَّ يَذْهَبَ فَيَكْذِبَ عَلَى اللَّـهِ

            JAK
            WS

            • dr.vaniya says:

              from Admin
              وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Brother

              ثُــمَّ and الـفاء here are both ٍحرفُ عطف.

              Their function as حرف عطف is taught on the ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ course.

              In the above sentence, they are both معطوف of the word: لِـيَدَعَ which is منصوب due to a hidden أَنْ.

              So the تقدير is:

              لأن يدعَ….ثُـمَّ أنْْ يذهبَ فأنْ يكذبَ.

              The Shaykh confirmed this.

  207. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    يا شيخ.. في: “نجح الطلاب إلا زيدا”، أو” خرج التلامذة إلا ولدين”. هنا المستثنى منه “الطلاب و التلامذة”. و هما فاعلان.

    لذا، هل يكون المستثنى منه فاعلا دائما؟

    أشكرك جزيل الشكر على الأجوبة

  208. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,
    May Allah grant you health and long life, and let us benefit from your wisdom and knowledge.

    While studying the Quran (Surah Ghafir: 28), I have come across the following ayah in which I could not understand the word يَكُ I would be grateful if you could explain how is it formed.

    وَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مُّؤْمِنٌ مِّنْ آلِ فِرْعَوْنَ يَكْتُمُ إِيمَانَهُ أَتَقْتُلُونَ رَجُلًا أَن يَقُولَ رَبِّيَ اللَّـهُ وَقَدْ جَاءَكُم بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ وَإِن يَكُ كَاذِبًا فَعَلَيْهِ كَذِبُهُ ۖ وَإِن يَكُ صَادِقًا يُصِبْكُم بَعْضُ الَّذِي يَعِدُكُمْ ۖ إِنَّ اللَّـهَ لَا يَهْدِي مَنْ هُوَ مُسْرِفٌ كَذَّابٌ

    Jazak Allah Khair Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      Its formation is explained in:

      1. Madinah Book 3, Key to dars 15.

      2. ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ course.

  209. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    I would like to ask three questions:

    1) There are some verses of poetry that are used as evidence in grammar whose composer is unknown (see for example Sharh Ibn Aqil, shahid numbers 53 and 107). I was wondering how verses like these can be used as evidence? Is it that such verses (where the composer is either unknown or is disputed) are at least known to definitely be part of the very ancient Arabic poetry narrated from the Arabs before the end of the period of Ihtijaj عصر الاحتجاج?

    2) Are there any examples of Tanwin al-Tankir تنوين التنكير in the Qur’an, Hadith or Ancient Arabic poetry/prose?

    3) Which type of tanwin is on the letter dal in the word “hadin” هاد?

    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      #3: هـادٍ : This is the Shaykh’s reply:

      هذا تنوين التمكـيـن.

      هَادٍ : أصله :هادِيُـــنْ، تُحذَف الضمة لثقلها، فتسكن الياء، فيلتقي ساكنان : الياء والنون،
      فتحذف الياء :
      هَادِيُـنْ
      هادِيْـنْ
      هَادِنْ
      هادٍ.

  210. أم شريفة says:

    بسم الله

    يا شيخ.. هل يجب أن يكون المستثنى منه جمعا دائما؟

  211. Abdurroheem says:

    Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullooh wa barakatu
    While reading the Qur’aan, I came about some words which I need clarifications about their declension.

    Firstly, in suratul kahf v 49 wherein the word ‘كتاب‘ ended with a kasrah and not with a dammah.

    Secondly, in suratul yaasin v 30 wherein the munaadah ‘حسرة‘ ended with a tanween (fat’ha taan) and not with a single dammah, though concerning this, during my course of studying the madina Arabic course, I came across something similar wherein Dr. Abdurroheem mentioned about a blind man calling upon a man saying: ‘يا رجلاً‘ but I still need clarification about the verse.

    Thirdly, in suratul rahmaan v 7, why’s ‘السماءَ‘ ending with a fat’ha and not a kasrah.

    and finally, in v 24 also in suratul rahmaan, why’s ‘الجوار ending with a kasrah and not a dammah.

    Jazakumulloohu khayran

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      Please see our Shaykh’s latest book for all this: اثاقلتم.

  212. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum wa rehmatullahi wa baraktuhu respected Sheikh,
    May Allah give you long and healthy life.

    I am studying your book “Fi Balaati Hiraql”. On page 43, point 23, the use of غیر is explained. I could not fully grasp the concept given in the point. I would be grateful if you could elaborate it for me.
    Moreover, as per my understanding غیر is the wasf of شیئا ، قولا and الذین in the three examples given in the book, is it correct?

    Jazak Allah Khair wassalam

  213. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum
    I would like to ask plz in the text of lesson 8 book3 it says fee madrasati umar ath-thaanawiyyati. what does this mean?

    JazakumAllah khair
    Muslima

  214. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum warehmatullahi wa barakatuhu dear (admin) brother,

    Is my translation of the following sentence (in point 24 of “Fi Balaati Hiraql”) correct?

    ھل الزمن الائی مضین رواجع؟

    Will the times which have gone by, return?

    JAK Wassalam

  215. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم،

    يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    1. How do you change the مصدر المؤول in this ayah to its مصدر؟
    “وإن يريدوا أن يخدعوك فإن حسبك الله”

    2. I did not understand what اسم مصدر properly in Medinah Book 3, Lesson 28. Does it carry the same meaning as the مصدر؟ And how can one differentiate between an اسم مصدر and the مصدر of a مجرد verb?

    جزاك الله خيرا

    • عزير says:

      Am I to understand then, that the مصدر that replaces المصدرالمؤول must be definite?

      جزاك الله خيرا

  216. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

    I was teaching mudhaf ilaihi ch5 and I explained that possessor is mudhafilaihi and the possessed object is mudhaf like kitabu muhammadin but in the case of rabbul kabati this does not stands true.what shall I tell them?

    Alkaabatu baitullahi ……here alkaabatu is mubtada and feminine but khabar baitu is not feminine..what shd I tell my students?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      الكعبة بيت الله: This is covered in the Shaykh’s on-line lessons.

      The khabar here is not required to match the mubtada in gender since the khabar is a noun that cannot change its gender. Words like this function as khabar as they are.

      Grammar lesson 4.

    • juwairiyah says:

      Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

      Jazakallahu khairan admin and sheikh, may allah taala preserve u all with iman and good health ameen

      The answers were very satisfactory mashaallah.inshaallah I shall explain my students

  217. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum warehmatullahi wa barakatuhu

    I am studying Fi Balaati Hiraql.
    I have understood the concept regarding when “La” can be used with Past Tense verbs, however, I would be grateful if you could translate the verse of poetry given in Point 51.

    Jazak Allah Khair
    Wassalam

  218. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    I want to know the dual forms of these two verb nouns:
    هاء and هات

    Please reply ASAP!

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      The word هاءَ (take!) has the following forms:

      هَاءَ يا أَخُ هَاؤُمَا يا أَخَوَانِ هَاؤُمْ يا إخْوانُ.
      هَاءِ يا إخْتُ هَاؤُمَا يا أختانِ هَاؤُنَّ يا أَخَواتُ.

      The word هَاتِ (give) has the following forms:

      هَاتِ يا أَخُ هَاتِيَا يا أخَوَانِ هَاتُوا يأ إِخْوانُ
      هَاتِي يا أُخْتُ هَاتِيَا يا أُخْتَانِ هَاتِينً يَا أَخَوَاتُ

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  219. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم،

    يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    1. Why is it that حينٍ after حتى is majroor? As in “فذرهم في غمرتهم حتى حينٍ”.

    2. Why are سلاما and الحق mansoob in the following 2 ayaat?
    حتى إذا فزع عن قلوبهم قالوا ماذا قال ربكم قالوا الْحَقَّ وهو العلي الكبير” – Saba (34:23)

    إذ دخلوا عليه فقالوا سلاما قال سلام” – Az-Zaariyat (51:25)

    جزاك الله خيرا

  220. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum warehmatullahi wa barakatuhu

    Please refer to solutions to exercise of “Fi Balaati Hiraql”
    In Q4 part-2, I do not understand why علامة جرہ فتحة مقدرۃ has been written. Shouldn’t it be کسرۃ مقدرۃ?

    JAK Wassalam

  221. Mohsin Ayub says:

    Assalaam Alaikum Dear Respected Sheikh

    What is the meaning of this quote

    لكل صارم نبوة ولكل جواد كبوة ولكل عالم هفوة

    I have seen it in different forms. Someone translated لكل جواد كبوة ولكل عالم هفوة as
    “any horse may stumble and any scholar may err”
    Someone else translated it as “For every horse a stumble”

    What is the meaning of the quote and how can we use لكل in this quote?

    جزاك الله خيرا

  222. Abu Rayyan says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله يا شيخنا الكريم

    لماذا كلمة “أسوة” في القرآن هي اسم كان ل”كان” و”كانت”. هي تجوز بهما؟

    سورة الممتحنة آية 4
    قَدْ كَانَتْ لَكُمْ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ فِي إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَ

    6 سورة الممتحنة آية
    لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِيهِمْ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ لِّمَن كَانَ يَرْجُو اللَّهَ وَالْيَوْمَ الْآخِرَ

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      كلاهـما جائز كما جاء في كتاب شيخـنا التالي:

      المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف

      انظر: ص 31-32

      أرسِل لك قُصاصة من هذه الصفحات بالـبريد الشبكي.

      أضاف الشيخ الآن ما يأتي:

      =====================

      يمكن أن نضيف أن الفاصل بينهما في الآية الرابعة كلمة واحدة.

      .أما الآية السادسة فالفاصل بينهما كلمتان، ومن ثَمَّ كان التذكير فيها أولى من التأنيث.

      ف عبد الرحيم

      =====================

  223. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,

    With the help of Allah Taala, and then with your continuous guidance and support, I have finished the book “Fi Balati Hiraql” including its exercises. I will now start your book on “Surah Yusuf”. It is a blessing of Allah Taala that Ramadhan is approaching and I am starting detailed study of Quran.

    The last 10 months had been a phenomenal part of my life. I started Madina Book 1 just after last Ramadhan when I had virtually no knowledge of Arabic, and now I have gained the ability to study the Quran in detail. This could not have been achieved but with the help of Allah Taala and then your guidance.

    I would request you to guide me as to how to study this book so that I could get the most out of it.

    May Allah protect you and shower His blessings on you and all the muslims.

    Wassalam

  224. colonal khokhar says:

    Assalam-u-alekum,
    While reciting Surat Albroj, Verse 16 فعّال الما يريد My understanding of word فعّال is that it is derived from form 2, فعّل as Ismul-Faail , like فاعل from فعل , Is it correct or not?

    Secondly if it is correct then this noun is derived from causative/ transitive verb. the meaning in that case is Allah can cause to work (any body ) as He desires. where as translation in mushaf is He does what ever He wills. Kindly clarify. thanks.

    • colonal khokhar says:

      thanks. understood it well and also revised the lesson from the book. جزاك الله خيرا كثيرا

  225. عزير says:

    سلام عليك

    يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    Which books should I study to improve my reading and speaking skills?

    جزاك الله خيرا

  226. Abu Rayyan says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله يا شيخنا الكريم

    قال بعدنا هذه الجملة لا يمكن أن يترجم إلى اللغة العربية؟ هل هذا صحيح؟
    النحو:

    The book is written by Zaid

    إذن كيف ترجمتها؟

  227. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    I would like to ask an Arabic grammar question but unable to find where to put
    the question. I tried to Log-In but could not see the option for registration.
    Where to put a question?
    At the beginning it says the following but not how?
    (Messages can be posted without logging in)

    My question is

    1:- The word قَرْنَ in (33:33) .قَرْنَ فِي بُيُوتِكُنَّ وَلَا تَبَرَّجْنَ تَبَرُّجَ الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ الْأُولَ according to
    a website is فعل أمر . But according to the rules should it not be اِقْرَرْنَ ?
    If not then how it is made قَرْنَ .

  228. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم،

    يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    Is it possible to determine the فاعل and مفعول به if they both end in ألف مقصورة؟

    Ex.
    ضرب موسى عيسى

    جزاك الله خيرا

  229. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    I just discovered a book about Nahw which I believe was revised by Shaykh Dr V Abdur Rahim called المغني في تعليم النحو: شرح موجز ميسر للقواعد النحوية published by دار المآثر in 2004.

    I would like to ask why is this book not in Shaykh Dr V Abdur Rahim’s curriculum for studying Arabic?

    Wassalam

  230. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم
    I am in the middle of Book-III video lessons. The Arabic Grammar rules related to
    Verbs and Nouns ozans are mentioned in Madina Books-I-II-III at different stages of
    the course as per topic.
    It would be extremely useful if these rules perhaps with examples are compiled in
    one place or in the form of a booklet for quick reference ?
    Specifically the weak Verbs and the ozan(s) of the nouns .

    Thanks.

  231. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    مُهْطِعِينَ مُقْنِعِي رُءُوسِهِمْ لَا يَرْتَدُّ إِلَيْهِمْ طَرْفُهُمْ
    Am I right to say that in the above the word مُقْنِعِي is actually مُقْنِعِيْنَ but the نَ is dropped? If this is the case then why نَ is dropped. Is it مضاف ?

  232. Abdurroheem says:

    Asalam alaykum, Dear respected shaykh. may Allaah lenghten your life upon goodness.

    My questions are as follows:

    1) Why is as-samaa and al-ard’ having fat’haas at their respective endings instead of kasrah in sooratur-rahmaan, verses 7 and 10
    2) Alhamdulillaah, Allaah made me fortunate to understand most of the arabic rules and construction to a great extent but I have difficulty in speaking it like the way I speak my mother’s tongue. How can one improve one’s spoken arabic?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      #2: We recommend doing the Shaykh’s course:

      تدريباتٌ في الـمحادثةِ

      ‘Arabic Conversation Drills’

      The vocabulary used is what you have already learnt in the 3 Madinah Books.

      Advanced Library.

  233. Abdurroheem says:

    Jazakumulloohu khayran for the response, I want to use this medium to really show appreciation to our shaykh for his patience in answering our numerous questions.

    I want to suggest that I’ll like our shaykh to please make a complete explanation of Sooratul kahf, based on the fact that Muslims recite it a lot most especially on Fridays, may Allaah make it easy for him.
    Aamin

  234. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم رحمة الله وبركاته، ورمضان مبارك!

    يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    Why is يعلمَ mansoob in the ayah 42:35:

    “وَيَعْلَمَ الَّذِينَ يُجَادِلُونَ فِي آيَاتِنَا مَا لَهُمْ مِنْ مَحِيصٍ”

    And in the ayah 10:10:

    “دَعْوَاهُمْ فِيهَا سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَتَحِيَّتُهُمْ فِيهَا سَلَامٌ ۚ وَآخِرُ دَعْوَاهُمْ أَنِ الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ”

    Why does an اسم come after أن؟ is this still considered المصدر المؤول؟

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  235. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Asalam alaykum,
    Please help me to understand.
    Is إِبْرَاهِيمَ and إِسْحَاقَ are اسم علم مجرور or اسم علم منصوب in (12:6) مِنْ قَبْلُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَإِسْحَاقَ . According to a website these are indicated as اسم علم مجرور. If these are اسم علم مجرور then why لُ in مِنْ قَبْلُ has a dhammah?

  236. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله
    What is the difference between أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ and أَرَأَيْتَ? Is كُمْ for emphasis only?
    Thanks

  237. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله

    Could you please clarify for me why شَاكِلَتِ is feminine in (17:84) قُلْ كُلٌّ يَعْمَلُ عَلَىٰ شَاكِلَتِهِ ?

    Thanks

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      The word شَاكِلَةٌ is a noun meaning ‘way, manner’, and the aayah means:

      Tell: ‘each acts in his own way.’

      This noun is feminine because it ends in a تاء مربوطة.

      But nouns may be feminine without ending in تاء مربوطة, e.g.:

      أرض، سماء، يد، عين، قدر، حرب

      abdur rahim

      • Maqbool Ahmad says:

        السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله
        Sorry. My question was why feminine شَاكِلَتِ is used instead of
        masculine say شَاكِلِ .

        Thanks.

        • dr.vaniya says:

          Dear Br Maqbool Ahmad

          السلام عليكم

          The word شاكلة, though morphologically is the feminine of شاكل, is an independent word, and has an independent meaning.

          Here are some other examples:

          دَائِرَة a circle.

          كَارثَــة a catastrophe.

          شَاحِـنَـة a lorry (truck)

          دَقِـيـقَـة a minute.

          سَـجَّـادَة a carpet.

          Hope this has helped you.

          والسلام

          abdur rahim

  238. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله

    This is an example. When I was listening the following aayah recited by the reciter .

    The ةً of خَالِصَةً is pronounced but ةِ of الْقِيَامَةِ is not. Under what circumstances it should and should not be pronounced? Is it silent if it comes at the end of aayah and pronounced if in the middle of aayah?

    قُلْ هِيَ لِلَّذِينَ آمَنُوا فِي الْحَيَاةِ الدُّنْيَا خَالِصَةً يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ

    Thanks.

  239. Muhammad Saleem says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    Yaa sheikh,

    If there is a ياء المتكلم succeeded by همزة الوصل, then how do you pronounce it?
    Does the ي get a fathah or is it dropped entirely?
    For example, how do you continue the following ayat:
    هارون أخي * اشدد به أزري”
    “واصطنعتك لنفسي * اذهب أنت وأخوك۔۔۔”

    Jazaakallahu khayran

  240. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    Need clarification for the followings please.

    1. Are تَقِيًّا تَقْوَى تَقْوَىٰ based on any awzaan (اوزان) and which if any?
    2. Is there a reason that تَقْوَىٰ has Alf Mukssora and تَقْوَى does not?
    3. Is there Arabic grammatical method to drive تَقِيًّا تَقْوَى تَقْوَىٰ from the root و ق ى ?

    Thanks.

  241. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    The فَأَجَاءَهَا الْمَخَاضُ إِلَىٰ جِذْعِ النَّخْلَةِ قَالَتْ يَا لَيْتَنِي مِتُّ قَبْلَ هَٰذَا is from Surat Maryam (19:23:1).
    In فَأَجَاءَهَا the verb جَاءَ is Form-I and is third person masculine singular perfect verb.

    But what is أَ in فَأَجَاءَ .

    Thanks.

  242. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    In Quran when there is عَمِلَ صَالِحًا the مفعول which is صَالِحًا is always accusative
    masculine indefinite but when there is عَمِلُوا الصَّالِحَاتِ the مفعول which is الصَّالِحَاتِ
    is always feminine plural. Why?

    Thanks.

  243. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum respected sheikh,
    May Allah protect you and grant you long life.

    I am studying المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسفَ.
    I am on ayah 5, please refer to page 20 where the verb کاد is explained. I could not grasp the concept given in the line no. 4 (starting from وعدی۔۔۔). Why has the verb کاد been made mutaddi bil-lam?

    JazakAllah Khair
    Wassalam

  244. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,
    Q1
    يَصُدَّنَّ in the following is فعل مضارع مجزوم.
    (20:16:2) فَلَا يَصُدَّنَّكَ عَنْهَا مَنْ لَا يُؤْمِنُ بِهَا وَاتَّبَعَ هَوَاهُ فَتَرْدَىٰ
    Let us ignore the النون للتوكيد for the moment. The simple فعل مضارع would be يَصُدُّ.
    What would be the فعل مضارع مجزوم of يَصُدُّ ? Is it يَصُدّْ ? Do you pronounce this like يَصُدْ ?
    Or يَصُدُّ becomes مبني i.e no declension.

    Q2
    (20:52:11) لَا يَنْسَى. Is لَا harf-e nahi here. If not then should the الف مكسورا be
    on س instead of فتح .
    Q3
    فعل مضارع مجهول is always described as فعل مضارع مبني للمجهول. For
    example (20:66:7) يُخَيَّلُ is described as فعل مضارع مبني للمجهول. Does مبني here mean
    that يُخَيَّلُ can not be يُخَيَّلَ or يُخَيَّلِ ?

    Thanks.

  245. Muhammad Ali says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum

    Why the word والمقيمين الصلاة is mansoob in Surah Al-Nisa, Ayah 162? Does this change of case-ending effect the meaning of the ayah?

    The same thing happens in Surah Al-Baqarah, Ayah 177: والصابرين في البأساء

    • Muhammad Ali says:

      Thank you.
      Can you refer me some tafsir that deals with these type of questions concisely. It will be ok if it is in Arabic.

  246. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    1. (2:34:1) وَإِذْ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ اسْجُدُوا لِآدَمَ فَسَجَدُوا

    2. (2:58:1) وَإِذْ قُلْنَا ادْخُلُوا هَٰذِهِ الْقَرْيَةَ فَكُلُوا مِنْهَا حَيْثُ شِئْتُمْ

    Q1. إِذْ is described as ظرف زمان in both cases above (at a website).

    But in (1) it is used as اسم شرط but not in (2) above.
    How to decide when it is used as اسم شرط or not?

    Q2. In (20:97:20) وَانْظُرْ إِلَىٰ إِلَٰهِكَ الَّذِي ظَلْتَ عَلَيْهِ عَاكِفًا. Why not ظَلَلْتَ instead of ظَلْتَ.
    Which rule(s) is applied to drop the لَ or is it for the ease of reciting.

    Thanks.

  247. dr.vaniya says:

    السلام عليكم Br Maqbool Ahmad

    Corpus Qur’an website contains many lexical and grammatical errors – as confirmed by our Shaykh.

    People continuously point out errors on their forum.

    It seems the errors are not corrected.

    We hope their website will improve.

  248. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    (20:111:1) عَنَتِ الْوُجُوهُ لِلْحَيِّ. Am I right to say that the actual verb is عَنَتْ and the kasara
    is just to join with the next word. I thought you can not do this with فعل.

    Thanks

  249. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alaikum
    I want to ask please: does Islam come from the word salam (peace)?

    JazakumAllah khairan

  250. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
    Sorry.
    In Q41 : أصل تقوَى
    I understood as far as the verb part is concerned . But did not understand the last
    part of تقوَى which was my main question.
    In the pattern of فَعْلَى if you replace ف ع ل with و ق ى then it becomes وَقْىيَى.

    Thanks.

  251. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    How to pronounce this sentence?:
    لا تنسوا الواجبات
    i.e. Which harakah should the first Waaw have?

  252. Said Al-Almany says:

    Bismillah

    assalaamu alaykum, dear respected Shaykh I have a question about understanding of “Ismul Faail” in the Ayah…

    وَإِذْ قَالَ رَبُّكَ لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ إِنِّي جَاعِلٌ فِي الْأَرْضِ خَلِيفَةً

    I learned from the Madinah Books that “jaa’ilun” would be mean in general “maker”.
    It was told to me that the meaning here in the ayah is not “maker” but it is “making (without a time restriction)”. One told me the sign for this meaning is the preposition.

    Do you have informations what the correct meaning here is and how to understand it?
    It would be very nice if you give some references about this topic or rule in grammar books in arabic language, so that I can read about it and make a note in it.

    May ALLAH reward you for all your work for spreading arabic language

  253. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
    My question is about the اعراب of ى of the فعل based on رأَى .

    In (1, 3) it has a الف مكسورا and (2,4) it is سكون

    Is the اعراب on ى in فعل ماض and فعل مضارع optional in the followings? If not.Please explain why in some it is there and some not. I know the basic rules of harf-e illat Memooz rules

    1. (6:76:5) فَلَمَّا جَنَّ عَلَيْهِ اللَّيْلُ رَأَىٰ كَوْكَبًا قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّي (third person فعل ماض)
    2. (6:77:2) فَلَمَّا رَأَى الْقَمَرَ بَازِغًا قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّي (third person فعل ماض)
    3. قَدْ نَرَىٰ تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِكَ فِي السَّمَاءِ فَلَنُوَلِّيَنَّكَ قِبْلَةً تَرْضَاهَا . With الف مكسورا ( Ist person فعل مضارع )
    4. (2:165:18) وَلَوْ يَرَى الَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا إِذْ يَرَوْنَ الْعَذَابَ أَنَّ الْقُوَّةَ لِلَّهِ جَمِيعًا . with سكون (third person فعل مضارع)

    Thanks

  254. Dr. Khokhar says:

    Assalam-u-alekum,
    Refer verse من يبتغ غير الإسلام دينا in it there is كسرا under فعل مضارع where as told by brother Asif فعل مضارع can never be مجرور As I know it is مجزوم here as condition. Is it only for phonetic reason / continuation that كسرا is put there.

    please kindly make it clear for my understanding. جزاك الله خيرا

    • colonal khokhar says:

      Assalamuelkum,

      With reference to the sentence:

      واسْتَقْبَلَهُمَا الأَنْصَارُ وَالْمُهَاجِرُوْنَ بِالْفَرَحِ وَالسُّرُوْرِ the verb is استقبلا as the doer are dual Alif فاعل is replaced by pronoun . Am I correct?

      If pronoun هما is not mentioned as بدل الانصاروالمهاجرون how one can know it is فاعل او مفعول .

      Thanks.

  255. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Assalam-u-alekum,

    إِنَّكَ مَيِّتٌ وَإِنَّهُمْ مَيِّتُونَ

    Is مَيِّتٌ based on any in وزن ?

    Thanks.

  256. Muslima says:

    assalamu aliakum,

    BarakAllah feekum for your answer to my q above. Plz I have another question, in this hadith what does “ahaqqu biha” mean?

    عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْكَلِمَةُ الْحِكْمَةُ ضَالَّةُ الْمُؤْمِنِ فَحَيْثُ وَجَدَهَا فَهُوَ أَحَقُّ بِهَا

  257. عزير says:

    سلام عليكم يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    Why is تثريب mansoob and also not tanween in surah Yusuf ayah 92:

    “لا تثريبَ عليكم اليومَ….”

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  258. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    Do you know of any book that contains a sarf analysis of all words of the sentences analysed (similar to how there are books that contain a grammatical [nahw] analysis of all words of the sentences in the book)?

    I would be very interested to know if there are any such sarf analysis books that analyze verses or surahs from the Qur’an.

    Wassalam

  259. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    I would like some explanation regarding the concept of التعلق بالفعل of a جار and مجرور.

    May Allah reward you.

    Wassalam

  260. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
    Is DVD 2B accessible on the internet?

    Pls see DVD 2B:

    dars: مَـاتَ يَـمُــوتُ، ومَــاتَ يَــمَــاتُ

    Time: # 52 roughly.

  261. Umair Saleem says:

    السلام عليكم,

    O Shiekh, how does one properly read dates in Arabic such as:

    1. كان حيا سنة ١٢٣١ هـ:

    What is the almadood here and it’s gender the numbers follow? This translates as: He lived in the year of 1231, so the numbers are mudaaf ilayhi right? Also do we add (سنة) again after reading the years?

    2. (٦٣١ – ٦٧٦ هـ):

    Here do we read: من ٦٣١ إلى ٦٧٦ سنةٍ من الهجرة?
    Do we add (سنة) or that is not needed, and what is the gender that the numbers follow, in other words what is the almadood and its gender?

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  262. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    وُجُوهٌ / نَاضِرَةٌ in (75:22:1) وُجُوهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ نَاضِرَةٌ.

    Is it مبتدا/خبر or موصوف/صفت respectively ?

    Thanks

  263. Said Al-Almany says:

    assalaamu 3alaykum

    I could not find an email contact on this website, so I will write here.

    What about if you make a Q&A catalog about the arabic grammar?
    Every single grammar rule you will ask about and give the answers with examples. Just short and easy…

    For learning and memorising I think its a nice issue.

    Thank you very much

  264. dr.vaniya says:

    وعليكم السلام

    Regrettably, Corpus Qur’an website has many errors in their analysis of the Qur’aan.

    Our Shaykh has visited their site and confirms this.

    We hope they will address the errors.

    Admin

  265. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    هُوَ الْغَفُورُ الْوَدُودُ

    Can we say the followings ?

    1. Both الْغَفُورُ and الْوَدُودُ could be خبر of هُوَ

    2. الْغَفُورُ الْوَدُودُ could be مركبِ توصيفى as خبر of هُوَ

    Thanks.

  266. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    In Surah Al-Mu’minun, part of Ayah 100 لعلي أعمل صالحاً فيما تركت what does it mean to say that فيما is متعلق to أعمل?

    Wassalam

  267. عزير says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته،

    يا فضيلة الشيخ،

    What is the correct usage of the word توأم?

    Often times, people say توأمان for one pair of twins, and say that a توأم is one of the توأمان.

    And I have also been told that توأم means twins, and توأمان would mean 2 pairs of twins.

    جزاك الله خيرا

  268. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    Any particular reason to mention feminine nouns in Surah Al-Balad.

    مَسْغَبَةٍ . In فَلَا اقْتَحَمَ الْعَقَبَةَ
    مَقْرَبَةٍ . In يَتِيمًا ذَا مَقْرَبَةٍ
    مَتْرَبَةٍ . In أَوْ مِسْكِينًا ذَا مَتْرَبَةٍ

    (85:14:2) هُوَ الْغَفُورُ الْوَدُودُ

    Sorry. I know مبتدأ can have multiple خبر .

    Is it possible that we can also say that الْغَفُورُ الْوَدُودُ is a مركبِ توصيفى acts as a خبر of هُوَ ?

    Thanks.

  269. Abdullah Fariq says:

    السلام عليكم.
    الحمد لله رب العالمين. الصلاة و السلام علي رحمة العالمين و اصحابه اجمعين.

    Dear respected Shaikh May Allah give you Greatest of greatest awards in both life.

    My request is please explain us the differences between all root فاعل like you differentiate:
    الرحمان و الرحيم .

    جبار جبير حميد حامد

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      Some of these are صيغة مبالغة اسم الفاعل.

      For a lexical discussion (with meanings) of الرحمن والرحيم please see the Shaykh’s course:

      ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ with DVDs.

      Dars: سورة الفاتـحة.

      Admin

  270. Abdullah Fariq says:

    السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته.

    please explain this roots words
    س ن ن
    ا م م
    ض ل ل

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      These roots are explained in the Shaykh’s Madinah Course dictionary:

      معجم الكلمات الواردة في دروس اللغة العربية

      (Arabic-English)

      Free download here.

      Admin

  271. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    (103 Surah Al-Asr )إِنَّ الْإِنْسَانَ لَفِي خُسْرٍ . Is لَفِي خُسْرٍ khabar of إِنَّ ?

    Thanks.

  272. nermin says:

    when i watched video lessons there teacher was pronouncing the last word of the sentences as it was writen for example. جديدة he pronounced jadidetun but in audio lessons (i lessoned english one) it is pronounced jadide. where can i learn this changes in the last word of sentences?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      Note: The endings of all words should be pronounced at the learning stage.

      The 3 Madinah Books with DVDs, then the graduate program, teach this most thoroughly.

      Admin

  273. nermin says:

    جزاك الله خيرا i get answer

  274. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم

    (73:6:7) إِنَّ نَاشِئَةَ اللَّيْلِ هِيَ أَشَدُّ وَطْئًا وَأَقْوَمُ قِيلًا.

    Why اجوف واوى rule is not applied on أَقْوَمُ in the above. Would it not make
    it اَقَامُ?

  275. Swadick Banda says:

    Assalam alaikum ya Sheikh !

    I would like to get a complete quotation of Arabic course materials from Beginner stage to Advanced.

    Wassalam,
    Banda Swadick
    P.O. Box 72149
    Ndola, Zambia, Africa

  276. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    #1: (75:11:3) كَلَّا لَا وَزَرَ.

    Is وَزَرَ noun or fail? If it is noun then how you differentiate between
    verb and fail?

    #2: (75:22:1) وُجُوهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ نَاضِرَةٌ . Is وُجُوهٌ / نَاضِرَةٌ Khabar/Mubtada or Mussof/sifat resp?

  277. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (77:11:3) وَإِذَا الرُّسُلُ أُقِّتَتْ . Why أُقِّتَتْ and not وُقِّتَتْ ?

    It is 3rd person feminine singular

    (form II) فعل ماض مبني للمجهول

  278. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (5:17:9) قَالُوا إِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ الْمَسِيحُ ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ

    In Book-3 English Key page-72. It says that the ا of ابْنُ is omitted with certain conditions when it comes between father and son names. Do those conditions also
    apply with mother and son name. It does not seem to be in the above.

    Thanks

  279. Hasan says:

    Assalamualaykum, hope you’re well!

    What exactly is the word-to-word translation for the following aayah (5:107):
    مِنَ الَّذِينَ اسْتَحَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ الْأَوْلَيَانِ

    I see loads of translations give a translation based on meaning, but as regards what is actually going on there, I’m lost. I know that in other qira’aat the word istaHaqqa is majhul, and Imam SuyuTi in Jalalayn mentions the naaib faa’il is al-iiSaa’.

    But in the HafS qiraa’ah where it’s ma’ruf, where is the faa’il? where is the maf’ul? what does the word istaHaqqa mean in that context?

    I’ve seen some mufassireen parse the sentence as awlayaan being the faa’il (as opposed to badl), but how does this make sense? The ‘Aa’id is obviously in ‘alayhim, but that would mean that the ibtidaa’ al-ghaya from the min shows the two men must be from such and such a people, but then the awlayaan are the two witnesses referred to by aakharaan, so isn’t there a discrepancy there?

    As in, it would be saying that there should be two people from among such and such a people ‘istaHaqqa alayhim (I don’t know what this is trying to say literally)’ where the act of istiHqaaq alayhim would be done by the two closest people to the deceased. But the awlayaan and aakhiraan are the same people, so how can you do ibtidaa’ al-ghaaya of aakaharaan saying that they should belong to a particular group of people, but then say that this group of people they belong to are such people these same two aakhaaraan (the awlayaan) have done so-and-so to. This confounds me.

    The min is marking out where the two people should be from, but then how does it make sense for awlayaan (the same two people as aakharaan) to be used to explain who the group those two people are from, when the awlayaan are part of the same group. As this would imply that the awlayaan have done a particular action to a group of people among whom these awlayaan too are present, and the aakharaan should be from that group.

    I struggle to understand this, and this question has been on my mind for a few years now. I hope Shaykh Vaniya can shed some light on the issue.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Pls note: The فعل is not termed معروف but معلوم i.e.:

      الفعل المبني للمعلوم.

      In the Indian sub-continent they wrongly say: الفعل المبني للمعروف.

      The Shaykh asks us to be cautious of this.

      Admin

      • Hasan says:

        Jazakallah for this.

        • Hasan says:

          You requested I rephrase the question earlier. I had another go, hopefully my question is clearer now.

          السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

          قال الله تعالى في القرآن الكريم:
          فآخران يقومان مقامهما من الذين استحق عليهما الأوليان

          في قراءة حفص تُقرأ كلمة استحق مبنيا للمعلوم. وفي جُلّ بواقي القراءات تقرأ مبنيا للمجهول. قال العلامة جلال الدين السيوطي رحمه الله تعالى في تفسير الجلالين أن نائب الفاعل محذوف وتقديره الإيصاء. لكن في قراءة حفص ليس الأمر يُحلّ كذلك لاختلاف القراءة.

          سؤالي هو حول إعراب هذه الآية المستشكلة على المعربين كما أقر بعضهم على استشكالتها والعلاقة بين الإعراب ومعنى الآية الصحيح. قال البعض أن اللفظ الأوليان بدل من آخران. فإن كان الأمر كذلك فأين الفاعل وأين المفعول؟ وما معنى استحق في هذا القضية؟
          وقال البعض أن الأوليان فاعل استحق. فكيف الأمر كذلك؟ لأن الجار من تفيد معنى ابتداء الغاية. فهي تفيد أن هذين الآخرين من المجموعة هذا. ولكن الأوليين هما هذان الآخران! فلم أعلم كيف يصح المعنى من جهة أن الآية تفيد أن الآخرين ينبغي لهما أن يكونا من المجموعة التي استحق عليها هذان الآخران والحالة هي أن هذين الآخرين من تلك المجموعة أيضا فالآية تفيد المعنى أنهما يفعلان فعل الاستحقاق على نفسيهما أيضا إضافة إلى بقية المجموعة!

  280. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (80:5:3) Sharat أَمَّا مَنِ اسْتَغْنَىٰ and jawab-e-sharat فَأَنْتَ لَهُ تَصَدَّىٰ .

    In the lessons it was said that the فَ must be used in the following situations.
    اسميه , طلبيه , جامد , بما , لن ,بقد ,بتنفيس. Which situation satisfies for the use of فَ in jawab-e- sharat.

    Thanks

    The فَ with فَأَنْتَ

    • Maqbool Ahmad says:

      I assuming that you are asking the clarification of my question.
      Yes. The فَ with فَأَنْتَ
      Is it because of اسميه or طلبيه or any of the others(s) ?

      Thanks.

      • Hasan says:

        You can clarify with the Shaykh/admin if you want to, but the answer is ismiyya. Because the sentence after the faa is a jumlah ismiyyah, hence a faa is to be appended at the beginning. I.e. the sentence after the faa is a nominal sentence (as opposed to a verbal sentence (where even then if the verb has an aspect of Talab within (like a command) it would require a faa, else it doesn’t for verbal sentences)).

  281. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم
    (7:40:17) لَا يَدْخُلُونَ الْجَنَّةَ حَتَّىٰ يَلِجَ الْجَمَلُ فِي سَمِّ الْخِيَاطِ

    In the lessons it is said that اَنْ is hidden in حَتَّىٰ which makes يَلِجَ mansuub. Why can’t we just say that حَتَّىٰ makes فعل مضارع منصوب like لَنْ and other نواصب مضارع ?

    Thanks.

    • Maqbool Ahmad says:

      السلام عليكم

      Why can’t we say that حــتَّــى is also one of the naaSibs of فعل مضارع
      instead of saying there is a hidden أنْ.

      Thanks.

  282. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    It is a general question regarding to Haroof-e-illat (و and ى ) rules.
    I thought Haroof-e-illat rules apply on both verbs as well as isms. But it does not
    appear to be from the following examples.

    1:- Root (م و ت) . The ism مَيْوِتٌ after the rules becomes مَيِّتٌ. i.e اجوف واوى rule applied.

    2:- (73:6:7) إِنَّ نَاشِئَةَ اللَّيْلِ هِيَ أَشَدُّ وَطْئًا وَأَقْوَمُ قِيلًا . The اجوف واوى rule on ism أَقْوَمُ is not applied.

    3:- (2:177:32) أَقَامَ الصَّلَاةَ وَآتَى الزَّكَاةَ . The اجوف واوى rule on verb IV أَقَامَ is applied .

    Does this mean the rules are optional as far as ism is concerned?

    Thanks

  283. Ali says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    Is the لام in
    ال الموصولة
    always articulated on the tongue? For example is it pronounced in this example:

    ما أنت بالحكم التُرْضَى حكومته
    ولا الأصيل ولا ذي الرأي والجدل

    specifically the ال on الترضى

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  284. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (23:44:4) ثُمَّ أَرْسَلْنَا رُسُلَنَا تَتْرَا. How تَتْرَا is derived from و ت ر ?

    (16:112:7) مُطْمَئِنَّةً . How this is derived from ط م ن ? Is there a wazan for this?

    Thanks.

  285. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم
    (90:14:6) مَسْغَبَةٍ
    (90:15:3) مَقْرَبَةٍ
    (90:16:4) مَتْرَبَةٍ
    (90:17:9) بِالْمَرْحَمَةِ

    What is the reason the above feminine words are used?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      These nouns are مصدر ميميّ which has أوزان.

      Some take تاء مربوطة on the end.

      There are many examples of مصدر ميمي of saalim and non-saalim verbs in:

      المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف – عليه الصلاة والسلام

      الصفحة الــ 82.

      • Maqbool Ahmad says:

        السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

        (107:5:5) س ه و are the radicals of سَاهُونَ which is plural and is اسم مرفوع.
        1. Am I right that it is based on wazan فَاعُوْلٌ . If yes then the plural becomes سَاهُوْوُوْنَ. So
        how it becomes سَاهُونَ ?

        2. If not then what is the wazan and how it becomes سَاهُونَ ?

        Thanks.

      • Maqbool Ahmad says:

        Sorry. My question was why feminines are used.

  286. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    In certain situations فَ is used in jawab-e- shart. Is there a special name for this فَ ?

    Example (5:6:5) إِذَا قُمْتُمْ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ فَاغْسِلُوا وُجُوهَكُمْ

    Thanks.

  287. Maryama says:

    As salaamu ‘alaykum wa rahmatullaah,

    I am wondering if it possible to finish this course in 1 year.

  288. Umm Muhammad says:

    As-salaamu alaykum wa rahmatullaah,

    I am wondering if it is possible to finish this course in 1 year? I have few responsibillity now, and much free time. How much hour per day should I dedicate to this course then? And is it possible to find all the book on the Internet? Or do I have to buy some?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      It is possible to finish the course as quickly as possible according to how hard you work بإذن الله.

      The amount of time we advise you spend, is to allocate all your free time (after the daily obligations).

      Most of the books and courses are free. A few need to be bought.

      Admin

  289. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم

    (7:196:8) هُوَ يَتَوَلَّى الصَّالِحِينَ. Why zamma on ى of يَتَوَلَّى (verb-V muzarah) is not shown?
    Do not see any grammatical reason.

    (60:6:14) وَمَنْ يَتَوَلَّ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ الْغَنِيُّ الْحَمِيدُ. Why the mujzoon ى of يَتَوَلَّ is not shown?

    Thanks.

  290. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    Please tell where I can get the detailed spelling rules for hamzah.

    Allaahu yajzee-kum!

    • Ali Bagul says:

      Please tell me
      #1 How to write
      dual of the word “جزء” in all 3 cases
      and
      #2 plural of the word “قراءة“!

  291. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (69:7:3) سَخَّرَهَا عَلَيْهِمْ سَبْعَ لَيَالٍ وَثَمَانِيَةَ أَيَّامٍ حُسُومًا

    Am I right to say that سَبْعَ is masculine because لَيَالٍ is feminine and ثَمَانِيَةَ is feminine
    because أَيَّامٍ masculine

  292. Muslima says:

    asSalamu alaikum
    Plz I would ask: How do we know what the khabar of kaana is in book 3, lesson 10, page 84, third last line of lesson?

    JazakumAllah khair

  293. Ali says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    I have a question regarding the names of the سور . I’ve read that, for example, “المؤمنون” in سورة المؤمنون is مضاف إليه مجرور بكسرة مقدرة منع من ظهورها الحكاية .

    This concept comes up often in books of grammar when the scholars mention the إعراب of a specific word. There it makes sense to me. Now in terms of the names of the سور, it does not.

    What is the difference in meaning of سورة المؤمنون vs. if we said سورة المؤمنين ? Is there any way to explain this difference? Why can المؤمنون not be عطف بيان ?

    بارك الله فيكم

    • Ali says:

      بارك الله فيك

      1) I feel as if in the case you mentioned it would be more commonly said اكتب الكلمة المؤمنون or even اكتب القول المؤمنون, not اكتب قول المؤمنون . If not, what is the difference in the meaning?

      2) But in regards to the names of the سور, your explanation helped. Could we say that the meaning of سورة المؤمنون is: “The سورة of THE believers”? I say “THE” as a way to signify that it is a proper noun.

      3) This brings up another question. I’ve come across اسم العلم but not in the case of a word like المؤمنون . What is the difference in meaning if we wanted to use المؤمنون as a proper noun vs. using the ال in المؤمنون to indicate الجنس ?

      • dr.vaniya says:

        وفيك بارك.

        #1: It would be clearer to write it the way you suggest. But I wrote it the other way to demonstrate a point.

        #2: One of the مصاحف I have, translates it as: ‘Suurah: The Believers’.

        #3: There is no difference in meaning. The difference is the usage and context. It is this that will determine how a listener understands – as occurs in our mind when we say:

        سورة المؤمنون

        compared to المؤمنون – intending jins.

        Admin

  294. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    Please clarify!

    In سألتمونيها what kind of و is it?

    What do the grammarians call it?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      It is called واوٌ نَــحْــوِيَّــةٌ.

      See:

      1. دروس اللغة العربية : Vol 2 lesson 7

      2. كتاب المعلم لــ: دروس اللغة العربية
      Lexical and grammatical notes for lesson 7 Vol 2.

      Admin

  295. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (77:11:3) وَإِذَا الرُّسُلُ أُقِّتَتْ . The radicals of أُقِّتَتْ are (و ق ت). Why it is أُقِّتَتْ not وُقِّتَتْ?

    Thanks.

  296. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (79:9:1) أَبْصَارُهَا خَاشِعَةٌ . The feminine Dameer هَا is pointing to some feminine.
    Who is that?

    Thanks

    • Maqbool Ahmad says:

      Sorry. My question was the feminine Dameer is pointing to
      something and what is that. Is it pointing toward قُلُوبٌ in
      (79:8:1)قُلُوبٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ وَاجِفَةٌ or something else?

      Thanks

  297. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    Does the verb قال have two objects?

    Please clarify with examples!

    Are these examples correct?:

    قَالَ الْحَقَّ (المبني للمعلوم)
    He told the truth.

    قِيلَ الْحَقُّ (المبني للمجهول)
    The truth was told.

    قَالَ لَنَا الْحَقَّ (المبني للمعلوم)

    He told us the truth.

    قِيلَ لَنَا الْحَقُّ (المبني للمجهول)

    We were told the truth.

  298. S Feroz A Zarger says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    الطلاق مرتان

    why is khabar dual, and mubtada singular?

    Barak Allahu feekum

    • Hasan says:

      You can confirm with someone if you want, but as far as I’m aware the mubata; and khabar only have to be correlate in gender/number/etc. when the khabar is ism al-fa’il, ism al-maf’ul, or ism as-sifah. Just like in English you can say that Talaaq is twice, you can say it in Arabic too.

  299. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم

    Q1. (11:44:5) وَقِيلَ يَا أَرْضُ ابْلَعِي مَاءَكِ وَيَا سَمَاءُ أَقْلِعِي . Order was give to earth and sky but why
    ابْلَعِي is فعل مجرد is used and أَقْلِعِي is فعل مزيد فيه ?

    Q2. Is there a way to recognize لا جنس ?

    Thanks

    • Maqbool Ahmad says:

      Sorry,
      (11:44:5) وَقِيلَ يَا أَرْضُ ابْلَعِي مَاءَكِ وَيَا سَمَاءُ أَقْلِعِي
      I mean is there any particular reason that in one case (ابْلَعِي ( فعل مجرد and in another case (أَقْلِعِي (فعل مزيد فيه is used?

      Thanks

  300. Sober says:

    whats the difference between معلِّم, أستاذ, مربّ , مدِّرس Arabic words?

  301. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    (103:2:2) إِنَّ الْإِنْسَانَ لَفِي خُسْرٍ . Is لَفِي خُسْرٍ khabar of إِنَّ ?

    Which dars explain the types of khabar i.e. مفرد خبر and مركب خبر etc in جمله اسميه?

    I have down loaded the Arabic grammar course books. It does not allow me to
    insert some marking on the page so that I can search later on. When tried the options
    such as “Add Text” are grayed. For example if I could insert a letter “Khabar” on
    particular page then I could search for this.
    Is it possible? Normally I can insert the marking on 3rd party pdf files.
    Thanks.

  302. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    (69:19)فَيَقُولُ هَاؤُمُ اقْرَءُوا كِتَابِيَهْ. Why there is هْ at the end of كِتَابِيَهْ ? Is it to keep the rhythm?

    Thanks

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      It is explained in the Shaykh’s new book: اثاقلتم

      Admin

  303. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    In Madina Book-III page 49 الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ . Here لِلَّهِ its i”raab is خبر

    يَوْمَ تَكُونُ السَّمَاءُ كَالْمُهْلِ. Can I say كَالْمُهْلِ is a خبر of كَانَ.

    Maqbool

  304. colonal khokhar says:

    السلام عليكم
    With ref. to following verse

    انك انت العزيز الحكيم
    and ان الله عليم حكيم . I am not clear when khabar is to be Ma’rifah and when Nakirah. in first verse pronoun kaa and Anta is ismu-inna and khabar inna is Ma’rifah. where as in verse second Khabar is Nakirah.

    Is there some ruling that defines the use of khabar as Ma’rifah or Nakirah. As in verses above with mubtadha mukhatab second person it is Ma’rifah and in second verse Mubtada third person it is Nakirah.

    please elaborate thanks. جزاك الله

  305. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum Respected Sheikh,

    I am studying the concept of “Haal” in Ayah 11 of Surah Yusuf (المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف P42). I have following questions:
    1. I could not fully grasp what is عامل النصب.
    2. We learnt in Book 3 that Haal is identified by the question “How” but here the question already exists so how to identify Haal in this case?
    3.Does it have any relation/connection with Sahib al-Haal?

    JAK Wassalam

  306. colonal khokhar says:

    Thanks a lot, for explaining.
    From this I understand, that in 1st verse ref. above العزيز الحكيم is used as اسماء الله and in 2nd verse عليم حكيم is used as khabar mufrad . in both cases other wise they are اسماء صفات

  307. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    (77:11:3) وَإِذَا الرُّسُلُ أُقِّتَتْ. Under what grammar rule(s) the وُ of أُقِّتَتْ is changed to أُ ?

    Thanks.

  308. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    My question is:

    Ghufraan, Furqaan, Ridwaan, ‘Irfaan

    Can these masdars having Alif-Noon zaaidataan become diptotes if used as proper names?

  309. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    Which Madina book explains the Badal (بدل )?

    Thanks.

  310. colonal khokhar says:

    اسلام عليكم
    We have been taught that Tanween mean “a” of English, كتاب with tanween means a book, but when tanween is put on plural noun as كتب does it mean a collection of books.
    In the same context, please kindly explain for my understanding following verses of Surah Ghashiah.
    فيها سرر مرفوعه
    و اكواب موضوعه
    و نمارق مصفوفه

    first verse both have tanween although سرر is plural. so is in the second verse. in the third verse نمارق has single dhamma where as its adjective مصفوفه has tanween. adjective has to match the noun otherwise it becomes khabar. why سرر has tanwwen
    and نمارق single dhamma. thanks

    • colonal khokhar says:

      اسلام عليكم
      جزاكم الله خيرا

      Obliged is me , for the reply and pray for the whole team running this great service for people like me who are trying to learn the message of الله سبحانه و تعالى و رسوله .

      بدأ يبدؤ
      means to begin or start as الله يبدؤالخلق .

      Today while teaching my daughter a book i read a sentence
      متى ستبدأ الحصه الاولى when will part one start. here الحصه is with
      Dammah as a فاعل . Does بدأ gives two meanings, he started and It started(by itself as فاعل ).
      Secondly in ستبدأ hamza should be on chair of و not on ا as per rule. Kindly make me understand. thanks

      • colonal khokhar says:

        اسلام عليكم

        Thanks a lot for reply and correction.

        But i quoted the use of particle س with متى from the book متى ستبدأ . Any how i have noted the rule. Thanks for guiding.

        Secondly بدأ يبدأ verse quoted الله يبدؤاالخلق , final ء is taking chair of و . when it will start and Allah starts, in both فاعل is third person singular only difference is in first case it is hidden and in second it is visible, first is verbal sentence and second is nominal. It is not understood why ستبدأ and يبدؤا are written different spellings.

        Lastly ا of spelling rule (as spoken by brother Asif ), put here after و is put in past tense as ذهبوا also in مضارع as لتسكنوا after noon is hazaf to make it munsoob for لام السبب . It is also applied to nouns like شفعاؤا .

        What is rule regarding this ا of spelling rule. is it like silents in english psycology, writing. By putting this at the end in يبدؤا does it make final hamza medial and that is why hamza is taking chair of و .

        Kindly elaborate for we the learners. جزاكم الله خيرا

        • colonal khokhar says:

          اسلام عليكم
          The book referred is
          اللغه االعربيه للناطقات بغير ها المستوى اثانى page 6 . It is tought in مركز الجاليات here in Riyadh.
          Verse 13 of sura room juz 21, uses شفعاؤا with out مضاف اليه so can we take it as quranic orthography.
          Regarding use of ا as spelling rule both in verbs and noun ( شفعاؤا ليسكروا ) is still
          not clear to me. Kindly guide me

  311. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    (23:44:4) ثُمَّ أَرْسَلْنَا رُسُلَنَا تَتْرَا كُلَّ مَا جَاءَ أُمَّةً رَسُولُهَا كَذَّبُوهُ. How تَتْرَا is derived
    from radicals و ت ر ? Is there a wazan (pattern) for this?

    Thanks.

  312. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alaikum wa Rahmatullah Respected Sheikh,

    I am studying Ayah 12 of Surah Yusuf (المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف P44).
    Please explain to me why in this part of the ayah وَإِنَّا لَهُ لَحَافِظُونَ it is لام التقویة and not لام المزحلقة (due to presence of انَّ)?

    JazakAllah Khair Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      وإنا لــه لــحافظون:

      There are two laams here:

      The laam on لَــهُ is لام التقوية.

      The laam on لــحافظون is اللام الـمزحلقة.

      This aayah is studied on ‘Selections’ (Lesson 4).

      Admin

  313. feroz zarger says:

    asalamualaikum
    where from i can buy aththaqaltum
    barak Allah fekum

  314. Anees Shah says:

    Assalamu Alaikum Warahmatullahi Wabarakatuhu Our Dear Father and Respected Shaykh

    May Allah bless you and grant you the best in this life and the next.

    Dear Shaykh,

    My question is if you could provide me with a book/syllabus list to study the Arabic language. I know of your Madinah Arabic books which are of 3 levels but which books do u then recommend to be studied to further progress.

    I browsed through the forum and your website but did not find a structured or numbered list of books to study from the beginning till the end. It maybe present on your website but I missed it.

    I was hoping that I could be sent a list of books to study from beginner level till advanced level

    I look forward to your response

    Jazakallahu khayrun

  315. Anees Shah says:

    I hope my question was clear Dear Respected Shaykh. I was of hoping of something similar to what is below if it is not available on your website already:

    1. Madinah book 1

    2. Madinah book 2

    3. Madinah book 3

    4. Al-Ajrooumiyah

    5. Qatar un Nada

    6. Alfiyyah ibn Maalik

    Please note this is just an example Shaikh as i have no knowledge of the curriculum’s of study to learn the Arabic language.

    Jazakallahu Khayrun

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

      جزاك الله خيراً for your message.

      Our Shaykh has authored a complete study program to master the Arabic sciences (from beginner to very advanced level).

      Pls visit:

      Beginner’s Library

      Advanced Library

      Admin

  316. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    لَا تَرْكُضُوا وَارْجِعُوا إِلَىٰ مَا أُتْرِفْتُمْ فِيهِ. How do you determine if the meaning of ارْجِعُوا is
    “You Go back” or You Come back”

    Thanks.

  317. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
    (60:6:16) وَمَنْ يَتَوَلَّ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ الْغَنِيُّ الْحَمِيدُ . The ف is inserted with إِنَّ in the conditional
    sentence. Which one of the seven situations is
    present here?

    Thanks

  318. abuzubair says:

    as salamu alaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakaatuh ya Shaykhanaa. I have a question about the verb form تفعلل؟

    In the madinah books it was explained that for two forms of verbs if there are two ta’s one of the ta’s may be omitted such as لا تعاونوا could be لا تتعاونوا and the verb form لا تتبسموا could be لا تبسموا. If this is the case, then could I omit it similarly with تزلزل like لا تتزلزلوا could be لا تزلزلوا؟

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  319. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    (68:20:1 فَأَصْبَحَتْ كَالصَّرِيمِ . Could you please explain why أَصْبَحَتْ is feminine?
    Is it because الصَّرِيمِ being جمع مكسر or something else ?

    Thanks.

  320. Adil jafree says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

    In المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف on page 18 2nd line انزالا إياها منزلة العقلاء
    The word انزالا is masdar اياها is مفعول به for the masdar what is the اعراب of منزلة is it تمييز

    Jazaka Llahu
    Adil

    • Adil jafree says:

      السلام عليكم
      I after rethinking feel it should not be تمييز instead it
      المفعول المطلق لبيان النوع
      والسلام

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      مــنــزلــةَ:

      إنه مفعول فــيـــه.

      abdur rahim

  321. Muslima says:

    Salam,
    JazakumALLAH khairan for your reply to my question above. I also have another q:
    mataa- (when)- on which radical is the sukoon?

    • Muslima says:

      barakAllah feekum,
      plz can you do the grammatical analysis of the hadith

      مَا نَقَصَتْ صَدَقَةٌ مِنْ مَالٍ

      • dr.vaniya says:

        السلام عليكم Sister

        The Shaykh says the wording above, is not correct. Here is the Shaykh’s reply:

        فهذا كلام مقلوب، الحديث الذي رواه الترمذي هو :

        ما نقص مال عبد من صدقة.

        ف عبد الرحيم

  322. Ali says:

    I am a post-madina books student. Id like to know more about each mazeed baab meanings. What should I read?

  323. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    (72:23) وَمَنْ يَعْصِ اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ فَإِنَّ لَهُ نَارَ جَهَنَّمَ خَالِدِينَ فِيهَا أَبَدًا

    If the إِنَّ is removed from the above jawab-al-shart then where would the فَ be placed?
    Would it look like وَمَنْ يَعْصِ اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ فَلَهُ نَارُ جَهَنَّمَ خَالِدِينَ فِيهَا أَبَدًا or …

    Thanks

  324. Hasan says:

    Assalamo Alikum Respected Sheikh
    May Allah Taala grant you long and healthy life.

    With the infinite mercy of Allah Taala I have completed the First Section (14 Ayat) of المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف. I am now starting the first exercise. It would be very helpful if we can get answers to the questions.

    Jazak Allah wassalam

  325. Um Abdillah says:

    Assalamu alaykum, I pray you are well. I would like to have your permission to teach the madinah reader book 1 to teenage girls. I teach them for no charge. If you give me your permission to use the pdf book, lessons ,etc, may i please have your full name and your consent. Also, I would like to add that sharing my part with others helps me very much in learning myself and it also helps me not forget because i repeat to them and i hear them ( for quraan as an example). I would appreciate any advice or suggestions you have for me as this will be the first time i will start the arabic sessions.Jazaka lahu khayran. Taqabala lahu mina wa minkum eid mubarak as well.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Sister

      جزاك الله خيرا for your message.

      Please go ahead and teach Madinah Arabic Reader Book 1 / Madinah Book 1.

      You have permission to use the PDF Worksheets for Book 1 – available in the Children’s Library.

      We also have worksheets in the Beginner’s Library.

      Our advice is:

      1. Please teach Book 1 using our new digital teaching videos.

      2. Adopt the teaching methods that are best used to teach non-natives – as laid out in كتاب المعلِّم (in: Teachers’ Library).

      تقبّل الله منا ومنكم وعيد مبارك.

      والسلام

      Admin

  326. Ali Hassan says:

    Salaamun alaikum,
    I have a question about surah maida verse 6. Specifically where it talks about wudhu. It says wamsahu biruusikum wa arjulakum. I understand these to be 2 mafool bihi for the verb wamsahu. Is this correct?
    Also further down the ayat, it mentions famsahu biwujuhikum wa aydeekum.
    Here is where i am confused. Why is it aydeekum and not aydeyakum? Is it not mafool bihi for the verb famsahu? Or is it mawtuf ala wujuhikum that came before it?
    If it is mawtuf on wujuhikum then why in the part of the verse mentioning about wudhu is the latter part not wamsahu biruusikum waarjulikum instead of arjulakum?

    This is very confusing for me and i hope you can clear my confusion.

    Thanks

  327. Mohaned Shaikh says:

    assalaamu alaikum. my question is regarding the Quranic ayah

    وَإِنْ تُصِبْهُمْ سَيِّئَةٌ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ إِذَا هُمْ يَقْنَطُونَ

    I know the izaa here is mufaajiyah and has come in place of Faa. my question we know izaa is the place of faa *its replaced* but why Faa is not mentioned along with Izaa as we learnt that Faa usually comes with izaa mufaajiyah in Bk 3 lesson 23.

    pls explain in details :) jazaka Allahu khayran

  328. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته

    1. (92:15:4) لَا يَصْلَاهَا إِلَّا الْأَشْقَى . The radicals of الْأَشْقَى in one dictionary are (ش ق و) and in another are (ش ق ى). Similarly the radicals of سَجَىٰ in وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا سَجَىٰ are (س ج و) and (س ج ى). Does this mean both are correct?

    2. Could you please tell me if there is download Arabic dictionary from the website ?

    3. Am I right to say that Dr’s name عبد الرحيم at the top of the page is a murrakab-e-
    azafi (Muzaf & Muzaf Alaih)? Is there a kasra on د and م ? English pronunciation of
    the name appears as there is a zamma on د. I am just looking grammatically.

    Thanks.

  329. abuzubair says:

    as salamu alaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakaatuh ya Shaykhanaa. I posted this before but got no reply. I am just posting again in case you didn’t see my question. I have a question about the verb form تفعلل؟

    In the madinah books it was explained that for two forms of verbs if there are two ta’s one of the ta’s may be omitted such as لا تعاونوا could be لا تتعاونوا and the verb form لا تتبسموا could be لا تبسموا. If this is the case, then could I omit it similarly with تزلزل like لا تتزلزلوا could be لا تزلزلوا؟

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  330. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    The following sentence appears in a text that I am reading:

    فَدَخَلَ كُلُّ ذٰلِكَ فِي أُصُولِ مَعَاشِهِمْ وَصَارَ لَا يَخْرُجُ مِنْ قُلُوبِهِمْ إِلَّا أَنْ (تَمَزَّعَ) وَتَوَلَّدَ مِنْ ذٰلِكَ دَاءٌ عُضَالٌ دَخَلَ فِي جَمِيعِ أَعْضَاءِ ٱلْمَدِينَةِ، وَ(آفَةٌ) عَظِيمَةٌ لَمْ (يَبْقَ) مِنْهُمْ أَحَدٌ مِنْ أَسْوَاقِهِمْ وَرُسْتَاقِهِمْ وَغَنِيِّهِمْ وَفَقِيرِهِمْ إِلَّا قَدِ ٱسْتَوْلَتْ عَلَيْهِ…

    1) Please can you confirm the vowelling of this sentence as I have written it, particularly the three words in brackets.

    2) Please translate the sentence into English.

    3) Is the word “آفَةٌ” tabi’ to the word “دَاءٌ“, or is the word “آفَةٌ” the beginning of a new sentence (isti’naf)?

    Wassalamu Alaykum

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      فَدَخَلَ كُلُّ ذٰلِكَ فِي أُصُولِ مَعَاشِهِمْ وَصَارَ لَا يَخْرُجُ مِنْ قُلُوبِهِمْ إِلَّا أَنْ (تُمَزَّعَ) وَتَوَلَّدَ مِنْ ذٰلِكَ دَاءٌ عُضَالٌ دَخَلَ فِي جَمِيعِ أَعْضَاءِ ٱلْمَدِينَةِ، وَ(آفَةٌ) َظِيمَةٌ لَمْ (يَبْقَ) مِنْهُمْ أَحَدٌ مِنْ أَسْوَاقِهِمْ وَرُسْتَاقِهِمْ وَغَنِيِّهِمْ وَفَقِيرِهِمْ إِلَّا قَدِ ٱسْتَوْلَتْ عَلَيْهِ…

      All these things (i.e., manifestations of the life of luxury) became part of the principles of their life style, and they would not come out of their hearts except that they were torn apart. From all these was born an incurable disease which spread to all the members of the city, and a great calamity from which none in the markets nor in the countryside, neither the rich nor the poor remained unaffected by it.

      (تَمَزَّعَ) should be (تُمَزَّعَ). The other words are correct.

      abdur rahim

  331. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    May Allah reward the Shaykh and the Admin for the quick response.

    وذلك أن تلك الأشياء (لم تكن لتحصل) إلا ببذل أموال خطيرة ولا تحصل تلك الأموال إلا بتضعيف الضرائب…

    1) Regarding the sentence above, one copy of the book has it as “لم يكن لتحصل” (yakun instead of takun), which is correct?

    2) Also, how should the word “تحصل” be read in both occasions where it appears in the sentence? One copy of the book has a dhammah on the ص in both occasions, but I think the ص should have a fathah as I think the word “تحصل” is in the passive voice.

    فإن امتنعوا قاتلوهم وعذبوهم وإن أطاعوا جعلوهم بمنزلة الحمير والبقر يستعمل في النضح والدياس والحصاد، ولا تقتنى إلا ليستعان بها في الحاجات.

    3) In this second sentence, is the word “يستعمل” read as yusta’malu and the word “تقتنى” read as tuqtanaa, if so, why is the former prefixed with a ya and the latter prefixed with a ta?

    Wassalamu Alaykum

  332. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    Please answer my few questions:

    1. How do I read this sentence that I saw in muqaddima of Book 3:
    … وهو ليس كتاب نحو فحسب …
    and what does it mean?

    2. What are the differences between hamzat al-istifhaam and “hal”?

    3. Can masaadir having alif-noon zaaidataan be treated as diptotes if they become proper nouns like Ridwaan, Ghufraan, Furqaan, ‘Irfaan, etc.

    4. What are the rules for writing hamza at the end?

    Please reply ASAP!

  333. Mohammed Khamal Uddin says:

    Assalamu Alaykum,

    1) I would like clarification on the meaning of the verb “تَبَارَكَ” as in “تَبَارَكَ اللهُ” and “تَبَارَكَ الَّذِي بِيَدِهِ الْمُلْكُ“. How does the meaning of the verb relate to the meanings of the form تَفَاعَلَ and to the root ب ر ك?

    2) In light of question 1) above, how do we translate the phrase “قَالَ اللهُ تَبَارَكَ وَتَعَالَى“?

    3) Please explain the meaning of the Qur’anic word “البُرُوجُ” as in 85:1 and 25:61. How does the meaning of the word in those two verses compare to its meaning in 4:78 in terms of the general meaning of the root ب ر ج?

    Wassalamu Alaykum

  334. Abdul Azeez says:

    السلام عليكم

    Ayah 29, al-ankabut:

    أَإِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ الرِّجالَ

    In a book I read it says this hamzah is:

    همزة تقرير وإنكار بلفظ استفهام

    Please explain.

  335. Hakimuddin Shamsi says:

    Respected Dr, Abdur Raheem Sahab,
    Firstly I have a prayer to Allah swt that May Allah bestow upon you Thy sublime mercy and keep you in best of health amongst us with long life and protect you from every corner and guide you in His light . Ameen
    Ya Fadilat As Sheikh I Have completed the three madina books and presently going through SFGQ DVD 06. There in the dars, your majesty has covered “combination of Qasam and Shart” for which, I request notes in pdf. so that I can attach it in my Handouts for book 2 and 3 for my remembrance. Kindly provide me the requisite.

    Shukran
    Wasalaam
    Hakimuddin Shamsi.
    India

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم Brother

      جزاك الله خيرا for your comments.

      We have prepared a transcription of these notes which you can download from our Advanced Library.

      Download.

      Admin

  336. Md.Nasir afridi says:

    (1) in Madina book 2 , page no72 (lesson 7) question no.10(2) why it is ‘za tul ijl’ not ‘zat ul ijlati
    (2) in the Quran in sura ‘shura’ al is not used in ‘inasan’ though al is used in zakura’

  337. Ibtisam says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
    I’ve been studying quran on my own and using إعراب القرآن – قاسم دعاية as a reference, because it is the only one I could get my hands on. He mentions certain terms that I am unfamiliar with.
    One term he mentioned was الجملة ابتدائية.
    Could you please explain this to me?
    جزاك الله خيراً

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      جملة ابتدائية: This comes at the very start of الكلام and is اسـمية أو فعلية.

      It is a sentence that has no إعراب since it occurs at the start.

      The sentences which begin the suurahs of the Qur’aan are ابتدائية – either اسـمية or فعلية.

      جملة ابتدائية also comes after حتـى الابتدائية.

      Admin

  338. Ali Bagul says:

    Salaamun ‘alay-kum!

    Please explain the word “ليال” layaalin.
    and
    How to write in all three cases?
    and
    How to show its i’raab in this aayah:
    قال ءايتك ألا تكلم الناس ثلاث ليال سويا
    Suurat Maryam, Aayah 10

    Please reply ASAP!
    Allaahu yajzee-kum

  339. Muslima says:

    Salam,
    I want to asks plz:
    1. When the jawab u shart is a jumlah fi’liyya, do we say the jawabu shart is the entire jumla fi’liyya or just the fi’l?
    2. In book 3′s key p. 60 it reads, “If the jawab al-shart has faa, the mudari’ verb therein is not majzoom. In this case the whole jawab al-shart is said to be in the place of jazm.” But in the following sentence, the fi’l mudari is majzoom, so I don’t understand the rule: “Man jaa’a muta’akhhiran falaa yadkhul hattaaa yasta’dhan” (line 9 of p. 118 of madinah book 3).
    JazakumAllah khair
    Muslima

    • Muslima says:

      Salam,
      JazakumAllah khair! So, for my first question then, we say the jawab is the fi’l when it is majzoom as the jawab and we say the jawab is the jumlah fi’liyya when the verb is not majzoom as the jawab (as in the example from book 3 I gave)?

      • Muslima says:

        Jazakum Allah khair! So if someone says that the jumlah fi’liyya “yarahu” is the jawaab in the ayah from surah zalzalah, that is wrong, correct? The right answer would only be “yara”?

  340. Muslima says:

    Got it!! JazakumAllah khair!

  341. Muslima says:

    Salam,
    I also want to ask plz:
    How would we analyze “tajidoo” in the first line of page 119 of Madinah book 3?
    Jazakum Allah khair
    Muslima

  342. colonal khokhar says:

    اسلام عليكم
    Today while revising conjugation in handouts madina book 2-3, I found that in
    وجد in past there is فتح when it reaches to هم third person male plural. I feel it should be ضمه on وجدوا . kindly clarify is it typo mistake or other wise some rule there in الامثا ل الواوي

  343. colonal khokhar says:

    اسلا م عليكم

    ً With reference to ayat 38 of surah مريم
    أسمعْ بهم وأبصرْ يومَ
    It is written that it is فعل ماضى جامد على صيغه الأ مر
    where as in word meaning of Dr M. Mohar Ali it is mentioned as فعل تعجب
    فعل تعجب has two forms . kindly elaborate this verb and its translation in this verse. thanks

  344. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    (74:3:1) رَبَّكَ فَكَبِّرْ . This verse starts with ism and should it not be considered as jumlah
    ismiyyah? If not then why?
    In a website it is treated as jumlah fi”liyyah. رَبَّكَ which is muDaf
    and muDaf ilah and كَ is mafool bihi of faail is فَكَبِّرْ.
    Thanks

  345. colonal khokhar says:

    اسلام عليكم
    The word قسط means justice, form 4 اقسط to be just,
    making اسم الفاعل from it قاسط ج -قاسطون gives the meaning of unjust,
    refer surah jin verse 15.
    to me it should be doer of justice called قاسط
    please clarify. thanks

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      Our Shaykh says (quote) :

      قَسَطَ يَقْسِطُ قُسُوطاً بمعنى جار وعدل عن الحق،

      أما أقسَطَ من باب أفعَلَ فمعناه عدل. والمصدر : القِسْط كذلك بمعنى العدل كما في الصحاح.

      والسلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته.

      ف. عبد الرحيم

      • colonal khokhar says:

        Thanks. please I want to confirm is it اسم ا لفاعل or not. If it is , from افعل باب or فعل .. . I agree the meaning differs according to baab.

        thanks once again

  346. Muslima says:

    Assalamu alikum,
    Barak Allah feekum for your answer to my q above. I have more qs plz:
    1) The masdar of the verb nahaa yanhaa is nahyun, so when we add “al” it should be “an-nahyu” right? If someone says “An-nahu” it would be wrong?
    2) Could you plz translate last 2 lines for explanation of “min qablu” on p. 102 of Madinah Book 3 (not the ayah, only the text before it)?
    Thank you, jazaakumullah Khair, in advance.

  347. Tanweer says:

    AsSalamu Alaikum wa Rahmatullah.
    Respected Sheikh,
    In Quranic verse 53:58 [ Laisa lahaa min doonilllahi kaashifah], why do we see a gender mismatch between Laisa and its Ism ?
    Jazaakallahu khairan

  348. Shabbir says:

    Salam,
    In surah hujurat at 40 mins doctor saheb says that if waaw is preceded by dammah it is haraka, what does he mean?
    Salam,
    Shabbir

  349. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
    (55:13:2) فَبِأَيِّ آلَاءِ رَبِّكُمَا تُكَذِّبَانِ . What is singular of آلَاءِ , how this is made from the root
    letters أ ل و. I could not find the word analysis in the dictionary.

    Thanks.

  350. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
    وَظِلٍّ مِنْ يَحْمُومٍ . Is there a wazan for ism يَحْمُومٍ . Any other example like this.
    The root letters are ح م م but can not find in
    Misbah_Almunjum dictionary.

    Thanks

  351. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (88:2:1) وُجُوهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ خَاشِعَةٌ عَامِلَةٌ نَاصِبَةٌ

    I read book-2 lesson 31 which explains na’t and man’ut and did not see any word
    between na’t and man’uut. So should I conclude that there can’t be another word
    between na’t and man’ut?

    If I am wrong then why وُجُوهٌ cannot be man’ut and خَاشِعَةٌ عَامِلَةٌ نَاصِبَةٌ na’ts.

    Thanks

  352. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (95:4:2) لَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا الْإِنْسَانَ فِي أَحْسَنِ تَقْوِيمٍ . Is فِي أَحْسَنِ تَقْوِيمٍ na’t and man’ut or مرکب اضافی or
    could be both.

    (95:5:2) ثُمَّ رَدَدْنَاهُ أَسْفَلَ سَافِلِينَ . Is أَسْفَلَ zarf makan? It looks like mufool and سَافِلِينَ
    mufool mutlaq.

    Could you please also answer my questions dated October 21, 2015 and
    October 22, 2015
    Thanks

  353. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (17:9:3) إِنَّ هَٰذَا الْقُرْآنَ يَهْدِي لِلَّتِي هِيَ أَقْوَمُ وَيُبَشِّرُ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ

    I was listening the last lesson of book-3 (Time 2:24) and Br. Asif was
    explaining the above verse and he was saying that the muf-ool of يَهْدِي which is النَّاسِ is mehzoof. He said there are books which indicate the mehzoofs of the quran but he did not name any. Do do know of any such book about the quran that indicates
    the mehzoof words.
    For example what could be the khabr of الْحَمْدُ which is mehzoof in الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ.
    I am hoping that there must be some book(s) that explains these mezoofs.
    Thanks.

  354. M. Asim Shaikh says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    I am trying to apply correct حركات (vowel signs) to the following statement, of course to pronounce it correctly: “كتاب بدء الوحى”

    كِتَابٌ بَدْءُ الْوَحْىِ , Is it correct to say the word كتاب must have (تنوين (مرفوع ?
    So, the literal translation of this statement in English would be:

    “Book: Beginning of Divine Revelation”

    جزاكم الله خيرا في الدنيا والاخرة

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      كتابُ بدءِ الـوحــيِ:

      The word كتابُ here is مضاف so has one Dammah.

      What follows is the مضاف إليه.

      There is an omission in this sentence which is the مبتدأ.

      The تقدير is:

      هذا كتابُ بدءِ الوحيِ.

      كتابُ is the خبر.

      The meaning can be translated as you have stated.

      Sections in books that start with: باب or كتاب are usually an إضافة construction.

      Often, the title omits the مبتدأ as it is understood by the reader.

      You can see: شرح ابن عقيل على ألفية ابن مالك – الجزء الأول.

      Admin

  355. Nasser says:

    السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته يا فضيلة الشيخ
    May Allah bless you.

    I study at the university in Medinah. I found a book with the Title : إعراب القرآن الكريم و بيانه لمحيي الدين الرويش
    It has 9 volumes. Is this Book recommendable ?
    And I am looking for a Arabic dictionary. Which would you advise?

    May Allah bless you and forgive you.

    Brother Nasser
    Al Madinah Al Munawwarah

  356. Nasser says:

    As Salamu Alaikum Wa Rahmatullah Wa Barakatuhu may Allah bless you and protect you.

    Dear Shaikh,

    I live in Madinah and I want to buy all the books from advanced Library but I can’t find it here in Madinah.
    Do you know any Bookstore where the books are available?

    جزاك الله خيرا

  357. Muslima says:

    Salam,

    JazakumAllah khair for your answer to my q. I want to ask plz: surah 83, ayat 26, since fee dhalika is muqaddam, the meaning of the ayah is it: For that alone let the competitors compete?

  358. Michelle Solis says:

    Salamu alaikum!!

    Respected Sheikh!! Just want to say that these books are a tremendous blessing! I can swear by them that they are THE only books that are proven to teach Arabic if you apply them and benefit from them the correct way! Allah bless you! I learned from these books and my husband is a former student of knowledge from Madinah.. We are currently Arabic teachers and we use them..I have a hard time convincing people that these books are the only answer to learning Arabic. :)
    My question is I can’t seem to find ALL the volumes of each books’ worksheets. Does book 2 have worksheets for each lesson or is it just some lessons that have worksheets? Same for book 3..

    Again Allah bless you! Alhamdulillah I came across this site.. I was in need of worksheets for a few years now..Allahu Akbar!!

  359. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم
    Is there any reason that I do see the questions that I posted in Nov, 2015 ?
    Thanks,

    • Maqbool Ahmad says:

      السلام عليكم
      (78:39:2) ذَٰلِكَ الْيَوْمُ الْحَقُّ . How do you find if الْيَوْمُ is badal or Khabr? Is it badal?
      In the lessons it was said that اسم معرفه after اسم اشارة will be badal.
      Thanks.

      • dr.vaniya says:

        وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

        Our Shaykh says (quote): ========

        If the noun following the ism al-ishaarati has the definite article “al”, then it is mostly badal,

        e.g. هَذَا الْكِتَابُ سَهْلٌ

        (This book is easy).

        It is not badal if it is definite by any other means.

        So in: هَؤُلاَءِ بَنَاتُ الْمُدَرِّسَةِ.

        (These are the lady teacher’s daughters),

        - the word بَنَاتُ is khabar.

        ====== end quote.

    • Maqbool Ahmad says:

      عليكم السلام
      I am sorry. How do I know that I have violated the forum rule(s)?
      Thanks.

  360. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (82:1:2) إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْفَطَرَتْ . Is السَّمَاءُ انْفَطَرَتْ jumlah ismiyyah or fi’liyyah. It appears to be ismiyyah because it starts with ism.

    Thanks.

  361. Afaq says:

    Asa ..

    Please where can I find answers to the worksheets ?

    For example Madinah Book 1 Lesson 9AWorksheets?

  362. Shamim Ashraf says:

    Salamu alaikum,
    Dear Sheikh may Allah Subhanahu Tala keep you blessed. I have a question regarding a lecture presented by the teacher in MAV_BK1_DVD02_PARTA3.avi. The portion of the video is as under with timing:
    11:11 minutes: “I have put 2 stars in Kharaja and kharajat. In these two forms of verb, Hiya/Huwa, the fai’l can be Mustatir or can be present in the sentence……….”
    12:40 minutes: All the pronouns which comes as a fai’l in the sentence, they are Marfoo’.
    12: 53 minutes: And if the fai’l is stated in the sentence and it will only be stated if the verb is Huwa or Hiya……. if it is stated then it will have at the end of it……..the fai’l will have at the end of it Dammah…..

    I dont understood as how can the pronouns have Dammah…….

    JazakAllah Khair…..

  363. Hakimuddin Shamsi says:

    Assalaamu alaikum
    In the following Ayaa , which is ayaa-1 of surat hud kindly explain me the meaning and i’raab of Mi lladun
    كتابٌ أُحكِمت آياتُهُ ثماَّ فُصِّلتْ من لّدُنْ حكيمٍ خبيرٍ

    Wasalaam
    Hakimuddin Shamsi

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام

      كتابٌ أحكمتْ آياته ثم فصّلتْ مِنْ لــــــدنْ حكيمٍ خبيرٍ (هود: 1

      لـــدنْ is a ظرف زمان ومكان، مبني على السكون and here it is في محل جر بــــ: مِنْ.

      وهو متعلق بـــــــ: فُــــــــصلتْ

      لدنْ has the meaning of: عندَ.

      It is mostly preceded by مِنْ الجارّة in the Qur’aan – as in:

      واجعلْ لنا مِنْ لــــدنْكَ وليّـــا واجعلْ لنا من لدنْكَ نصيرا (النساء: 75

      وعلَّمْناه مِنْ لـَـــدُنَّا علماً (الكهف: 65

      فهبْ لي من لدنْكَ وليـّـــــاًً (مريم: 5

      وحناناً من لدنّــَـــــا وزكاةً … (مريم: 13

      The meaning of the first aayah is:

      ‘This is a Book, the Verses whereof are perfected in every sphere of knowledge, and then explained in detail from One (Allâh) Who is All-Wise Well-Acquainted with all things.’

      The Shaykh can give you more details.

      Admin

  364. Qamar Faruqui says:

    assalaamu 3alaykum dear shaykh.
    I have some questions regarding grammar and meaning of verses 95 & 96 of Surah (21) surah Anbiya. where should I post them ?

    • Qamar Faruqui says:

      Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
      Please explain with grammar, the meaning of following verses of Q 21:95-96.
      وَحَرَامٌ عَلَىٰ قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَاهَا أَنَّهُمْ لَا يَرْجِعُونَ (95
      (وَحَرامٌ) خبر مقدم (عَلى قَرْيَةٍ) متعلقان بحرام (أَهْلَكْناها) ماض وفاعله ومفعوله والجملة صفة لقرية (أَنَّهُمْ لا يَرْجِعُونَ) أن والهاء واسمها ولا نافية ويرجعون مضارع والواو فاعله والجملة خبر أن والمصدر المؤول من أنّ وما بعدها مبتدأ مؤخر
      حَتَّىٰ إِذَا فُتِحَتْ يَأْجُوجُ وَمَأْجُوجُ وَهُم مِّن كُلِّ حَدَبٍ يَنسِلُونَ (96)
      حَتَّى) حرف غاية وجر (إِذا) ظرف لما يستقبل من الزمان متعلق بمحذوف تقديره قالوا يا ويلنا (فُتِحَتْ) ماض مبني للمجهول والتاء للتأنيث ) (يَأْجُوجُ) نائب فاعل (وَمَأْجُوجُ) معطوف عليه والجملة مضاف إليه (وَهُمْ) الواو واو الحال وهم مبتدأ (مِنْ كُلِّ) متعلقان بينسلون (حَدَبٍ) مضاف إليه (يَنْسِلُونَ) مضارع مرفوع بثبوت النون والواو فاعل والجملة خبر وجملة هم إلخ حالية

      Please give English translation for the grammatical expressions in Arabic particularly after “Hatta Iza” and “Yansilun” . If you have better explanation please give that and correct any explanation which is not correct.Also explain whether they are jumlah Ismiah and jumlah faelia.
      The apparent meaning is that V95 is linked to V96 and appears that “La Yarjeun” is conditional to “Hatta Iza futihat “.
      My question is if it is about the dead then how they can return before blowing of second trumpet whereas release of Yajuj Majuj will take place before even the blowing of first trumpet also after second trumpet there will be no city to return and in any case not only these dead but all dead will return so what’s the distinction?
      Also please explain the use of “futihat” which is a 3rd. person feminine , singular, passive , perfect verb. Please explain the use of feminine I mean what’s the need of making it feminine when “sadd” , “Radm” and Jidar are all masculine.
      Also please explain what are fael and maful of “futihat”.
      Ya Shaykh I know you are a very busy person but I find the above very difficult to understand. May Allah (SWT) give you lot of rewards for this (Ameen).

  365. abu zubair says:

    as salamu alaikum-I am trying to figure out what is the condition of I’rab from lesson 26 exercise 4 sentence 10.
    In the sentence it mentions the name of the person-
    كان النحوي عيسى بن عمر الثقفي
    my question is what is the Irab of the title-
    الثقفي؟
    Could it be badl for Eesaa or maybe na’t for an Nahwee? Or is it something else?
    I have came across this type of construction many times in hadeeth in the asaaneed and have always wondered about this question. Jazakumullahu khaira Ya Shaykhanaa!

  366. Hakimuddin Shamsi says:

    Assalaam u alaikum
    With reference to following ayaa 72, surah- Huud kindly explain me the i’raab of Alif in ويلتى, Is it the Alif of musannah ? i’m confused..
    قالت يا ويلتى أأَلِدُ و انا عجوزٌ و هذا بَعْلِي شيخاً انَّ هذا لشيءٌعجيبٌ

    wasalaam

  367. Radhiya says:

    Assalamu alaikum
    I would like to ask for permission to make an phone/desktop application with the content of the Madinah Books. I won’t charge money for the app on the app store because it is a product of Dr Abdur Rahims work, however I feel it would be beneficial for muslims if the books came interactively.I have bought the books to learn the beloved language myself and want to share the knowledge with everyone possible

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Sister

      We give you permission to do this.

      Please send us a link to the finished application.

      جزاك الله خيراً

      والسلام

      Admin

  368. Afaq says:

    Asa
    Dear shaykh May Allah bless you ..
    Please explain why is it “هـذا الْبَيْتُ لِلْمُدَرِّسِ” not “هـذا بَيْتٌ لِلْمُدَرِّسِ” .. ” This house belong to the teacher ? “الْبيْتُ” not “بيْتٌ” why not with tanwin ?
    Thanks

    • dr.vaniya says:

      wa alaykumussalam

      هـذا الْبَيْتُ means ‘this house’, and if you want to say ‘This house belongs to the teacher’, this is the construction to be used.

      هـذا بيْتٌ لِلْمُدَرِّسِ means ‘This is a house belonging to the teacher’.

      So the construction is according to the meaning.

      Wassalam,

      abdur rahim

  369. Afaq says:

    Please also if some you can give some 3 word examples of “هـذا” with “ال
    and “هـذا” without “ال” .. I am finding it a little confusing ..

    Thanks

    • dr.vaniya says:

      هذا مسجدٌ. This is a mosque.

      هذا بيتٌ. This is a house.

      هذا قلمٌ. This is a pen.

      هذا كتابٌ. This is a book.

      If هذا is followed by اَلْ then the meaning (most of the time) is as follows:

      هذا الْـــمسجدُ… This mosque…

      هذا الْــبيتُ… This house…

      هذا الـْـــــقلمُ… This pen…

      هذا الْــــــكتابُ… This book…

      Etc. These sentences are incomplete.

      Admin

  370. Afaq says:

    (salaam)

    I am trying to follow madina book .. Can you please check and see if my understanding is correct and answer few phrases.

    This = هـذا
    A house = بِيْتٌ
    This is a house = هـذا بِيْتٌ
    This house =هـذاالْبَيْتُ
    This house is big= هـذا الْبَيْتُ كَبِيْرٌ
    This is a big house =هـذا بَيْتٌ كَبِيْرٌ
    Pen = قَلَمٌ
    My pen = قَلَمِي
    My pen is new = قَلَمِي جَدِيْدٌ ??? ( is this correct )
    My new pen = قَلَمَي ??? (Please help)
    My new pen is broken =??? قَلَمِي ?? مَكْسُوْرٌ ( please help )

    جزاك الله خيرا

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      Your answers are correct ما شاء الله.

      قلمِي جديدٌ. My pen is new.

      قلمِي الــجديدُ my new pen

      Here are some more examples:

      كتابِي الجديدُ my new book

      بيتِي الــجديدُ my new house

      مكتبِــي الــجديدُ my new desk

      The na”t for the muDaaf comes at the end of the construction since a مضاف and مضاف إليه cannot be separated.

      قلمِي الْجديدُ مكسورٌ My new pen is broken.

      بيتي الجديدُ صغيرٌ My new house is small.

      Admin

      • Maqbool Ahmad says:

        السلام عليكم
        (2:280:9) وَأَنْ تَصَدَّقُوا خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ. Is this jumlah shartiyyah in which أَنْ تَصَدَّقُوا
        is shart and خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ is jawaab al-shart?

      • Maqbool Ahmad says:

        السلام عليكم
        (2:282:16) لَا يَأْبَ كَاتِبٌ . Please explain why ى is missing from يَأْبَ ?

  371. Qamar Faruqui says:

    Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
    Please explain the following:
    With ref. to Surah Feel in the word تَرْمِيهِمْ there are 2 morphological segments
    تَرْمِي
    and
    هِمْ
    ” Tarmi” is a verb . I am unable to conjugate Ra , mim , Ya . I believe it is 3rd. person singular feminine imperfect verb. ” Him” is its “maful bih” referring to “Ashab e feel”.
    What is “Fael” of “Tarmi” if it is “Hiya” then whom does it refer to ?
    Jazak Allah Khair…

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Br Qamar
      wa alaykumussalaam

      The faa”il of ترمي is the latent pronoun هِيَ as you have rightly guessed, and it refers to طيراً mentioned in the previous aayah. As it is the plural of an irrational noun, it is grammatically feminine singular.

      I hope it is clear.

      Wassalam,

      abdur rahim

      • Qamar Faruqui says:

        Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
        Thank you very much for the useful guidance how ever I still have some difficulty:
        No.1 = which word are you referring to as plural of irrational noun being grammatically singular.
        No.2= ” Tayir” has been used both as singular and plural for ex.

        فَتَنْفُخُ فِيهَا فَتَكُونُ طَيْرًا بِإِذْنِي , كَهَيْئَةِ الطَّيْرِ 3:49, (a bird –singular) 5:110

        طَيْرًا أَبَابِيلَ 105:3, مَنْطِقَ الطَّيْرِ 27:16, فَتَأْكُلُ الطَّيْرُ 21:41, تَأْكُلُ الطَّيْرُ 12:36 (birds- Plural).
        First I thought that plurality of “Tayir” would be indicated by the verb , participle or adjective etc. but when I consider ” Takulut tayri” and “Fatakulutayru” I become confused coz “Takulu ” is 3rd person fem. singular imperfect verb. Please explain the rule for determining number .Also is ” Tayir” same type of noun as “fish” in English which is used both as singular and plural?
        Jazak Allah Khairun.

  372. Qamar Faruqui says:

    Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
    Thank you very much.
    Should I wait for Q. No. 2 ?
    Jazak Allah Kahirun.

  373. Faisal Amin says:

    assalaamu alaykum warahmatullah,

    I have recently completed the Madina Arabic course book 3. I was wondering if I could get hold of a copy of the answers of the general questions at the end of the book.

    Jazakallahu khairan in advance

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      مبارَك for this great achievement.

      The book can be purchased on-line at a reduced price here.

      Or you can download the complete book in the Beginner’s Library here.

      Admin

  374. Faisal Amin says:

    JazakAllahu khairan fi’daarayn.

  375. Qamar Faruqui says:

    Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
    Using ” رَزَقَ ” as verb please advise the Arabic for following:

    1. My Rabb provides me.

    2. Our Rabb provides us.

    Jazak Allah Khairan.

  376. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum yaa shaykh,

    ثم سأل المدرس الطلاب عدة اسالة
    from book 2 lesson 9.

    Is the word عدة in this sentence مفعول مطلق Or مفعول به?

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      The Shaykh was asked a similar question:

      What is the إعراب of أسئلةً in:

      الطلابُ يسألون المدرِّسَ أسئلةً كثيرةً?

      The Shaykh replied it is مفعول مطلق.

      Admin

      • Muhammad Hasan says:

        Jazakallahu khayran for the reply. I was a bit confused thinking it was mafulun bihi number two as the verb سأل can take two مفعول به.

        • dr.vaniya says:

          It takes two مفعول به when you ask someone for something e.g.:

          سألَ الطالبُ المدرِّسَ قلماً

          The student asked the teacher for a pen.

          سألَ الولدُ أمـَّــه عصيراً

          The boy asked his mother for juice.

          سألتُ الْبَقَّالَ عَدَساً

          I asked the grocer for lentils.

          Ref : ‘Both These Lights Emanate from the Same Niche’ pg 47.

          Admin

          • Muhammad Hasan says:

            That explains a lot mashaAllah. So when it’s masdar of the same verb its actually mafulun mutlaq otherwise its mafulun bihi number two, is that correct?

            Wassalam

      • Abdulwahid says:

        Salamu aleykum

        I would like to know how it can be مفعول مطلق when it’s not a masdar and it’s not deputized?

        Jazakumu Allahu khayran!

        • dr.vaniya says:

          وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

          Our Shaykh addressed this in another reply.

          A مصدر as an abstract idea has no plural. But when it conveys number, then it has a plural and grammatically can be a مفعول مطلق e.g.:

          سجدتُ سجداتٍ.

          That is the Shaykh’s example.

          Admin

  377. nermin says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته.
    Which terminologies or names related with alif are there? Can you write all of these names of alif. And where are they used? I heard saqira tawila and i dont know about them

  378. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum yaa shaykh,

    فَهِمْتُمُوهُ/رأَيْتُمُوهُم/رَأَيْتُمُوها etc could you please tell us what do we call this extra و in Arabic between the verb and the object?

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      إِذَا وَقَعَ ضَمِيرُ نَصْبٍ مُتَّصِلٌ بَعْدَ ضَمِيرِ الْمُخَاطَبِينَ زِيدَتْ بَيْنَهُمَا وَاوٌ نَـــحْـــــوِيَّـــــــةٌ:

      رَأَيْــــتُـــــمْ + ه = رَأَيْـــــــتُــــــمُـــــوه.

      Quoted from:

      كتاب المعلِّم لــ: دروس اللغة العربيّة لغير الناطقين بها؛

      Vol 2, dars 7.

      Admin

  379. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum yaa shaykh,

    فما معنى هذه الكلمات الثلاث؟ (taken from B2 L9) I understand the word الثلاث is a نعت for الكلمات but why is الثلاث masculine while the منعوت is feminine?

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام Br Muhammad Hasan

      You know the rules of عدد and معدود.

      We say : ثلاثة أبناء وثلاث بنات.

      If we use the numbers as نعت, we follow the same rule.

      We say : أبنائي الثلاثة، وبناتي الثلاث.

      Hope this is clear.

      والسلام,

      abdur rahim

  380. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamu alaikum respected shaykh,

    The word جانّ used in B2 L9, is it the فاعل from the verb جَنّ? If it is so, what would be the plural of it?

    In the Quran Allah uses the word جِنَّ in the following Ayat وَمَا خَلَقْتُ الْجِنَّ وَالْإِنْسَ إِلَّا لِيَعْبُدُونِ, what kind of word is it?

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    Wassalam

    • Muhammad Hasan says:

      Jazakallahu khayran. Could you please explain the word جانّ used in B2 L9.

      May Allah reward you abundantly.

    • Maqbool Ahmad says:

      Assalamu alaikum
      (5:3:30) ذَٰلِكُمْ فِسْقٌ. Is the meaning of this “This is a great sin” or This is your great sin”

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Br Muhammad Hasan

      وعليكم السلام

      The plural of جانّ is جِنَّانٌ like حِيطَانٌ which is the plural of حائِطٌ.

      Hope this has helped you.

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  381. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Assalamu alaikum

    (5:27:4) وَاتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ ابْنَيْ آدَمَ بِالْحَقِّ إِذْ قَرَّبَا قُرْبَانًا

    Please explain how dual ابْنَيْ is derived?

    Thanks

  382. Qamar Faruqui says:

    Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
    Q 21:96 حَتَّىٰ إِذَا فُتِحَتْ يَأْجُوجُ وَمَأْجُوجُ وَهُم مِّن كُلِّ حَدَبٍ يَنسِلُونَ (96)

    In the above verse ” فُتِحَتْ ” is ” فعل ماض مبني للمجهول “.
    Is ” Yajuju wa Majuju ” the fa’il” of “Futihat”?

    If so do we translate it as: Until when has been opened Yajujo wa Majuju———-? (meaning they secure their release)

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Br Qamar Faruqui

      وعليكم السلام

      Yes, Ya?juuj is نائب الفاعل (not الفاعل as you wrote) of the verb فُـــتِحَتْ.

      The verb is feminine because Ya?juuj and ma?juuj are an ummah.

      The translation is:

      till the time when Ya?juuj and Ma?juuj are released (from behind the barrier)….

      Hope this has helped you.

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  383. Afaq says:

    Asa ..

    Please explain what is the difference between “بالجامعة” and “في الجامعة

    Thanks

  384. T. Malik says:

    AsSalamu Alaikum.
    Respected Sheikh, the following is a part of a hadith in which the Prophet advised us to sharpen the knives before slaughtering, so that the animal does not suffer. The hadith is found in An-nawawi’s forty hadith (hadith number 17).

    وَلْيُحِدَّ أَحَدُكُمْ شَفْرَتَهُ، وَلْيُرِحْ ذَبِيحَتَ

    Is “yuhidda” majzum here due to Laam al-amr ? Does this verb have an alternative majzum “yuhdid”?

    Jazaakallahu khairaa

  385. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamu alaikum respected shaykh

    في كم يومٍ (taken from B2 L9) why is the tamyiiz majroor after كم? what are the conditions when tamyiiz becomes majroor?

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    Wassalaam

  386. Zaynab says:

    al salaamu alaykum,

    What is the chapter number in which the discussion between ابن & بن was brought?

    jazak Allahu khayran

  387. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    al salaamu alaykum,

    (6:90:6) أُولَٰئِكَ الَّذِينَ هَدَى اللَّهُ فَبِهُدَاهُمُ اقْتَدِهْ . What is the status of هْ in اقْتَدِهْ? Is it مفعول به ?

    Thanks.

  388. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    Assalamu alaikum
    مَنْ جَاءَ بِالْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا . Could you please explain why there is a فَ in فَلَهُ in jwab-e-shart?
    Do not see the situation of دخول ف.
    Thanks.

  389. Ali says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    Does the الشيخ have any recommendations for books in Arabic on Arabic poetry and its sciences such as علم العروض والقوافي? I understand that the الشيخ has poetry interspersed throughout his works, but I wanted to build a basic foundation in terms of the principles of الشعر and definitions of the common terms used (e.g. ألف الإطلاق, etc.) and the الأوزان (e.g. أرجوزة, نونية).

    بارك الله فيكم

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      فضيلة الشيخ recommends the following book:

      العروض الواضح وعلم القافية للدكتور محمد علي الهاشمي

      Published by دار القلم.

      The Shaykh said this may be available on the internet for reading / download.

      Admin

  390. أسلم says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    On the back of the Sheikh’s new book Iththaqaltum, he mentions, “There is copious material in Arabic dealing with such phonetic and morphological peculiarities, but very little in English.”

    A preview of the book would be nice, if you can direct me to one.

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  391. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamu alaikum respected shaykh

    إِنَّ رَحْمَتَ اللّهِ قَرِيبٌ (part of the verse from Surah 7:56). My question is why is the
    خبر إنّ أي قريب مذكّر واسمها مؤنث؟ If I am not mistaken the word قَرِيبٌ is صفة مشبَّهة according to المعجم: اللغة العربية المعاصر So, as per the rule of المطابقة بين المبتدأ والخبر the khabr should have matched with the mubtada in gender but in this case it hasn’t. Could you please elaborate why hasn’t it followed the normal rule?

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      The فضيلةُ الشيخ – حفظه الله answered this previously; quote: ====

      The nouns formed in the pattern فَعِيلٌ are used as masculine or feminine.

      رحمة is feminine so is قريب in this sentence.

      The word قريبة does not appear in the Holy Qur’aan at all.

      Here are examples of قريب used as feminine:

      Q33:63:

      اللَّهُ الَّذِي أَنزَلَ الْكِتَابَ بِالْحَقِّ وَالْمِيزَانَ وَمَا يُدْرِيكَ لَعَلَّ
      السَّاعَةَ قَرِيبٌ

      and as masculine:

      Q2:186:

      وَإِذَا سَأَلَكَ عِبَادِي عَنِّي فَإِنِّي قَرِيبٌ

      === end Shaykh’s reply ====

      • Muhammad Hasan says:

        jazakallahu khayran for the clarification. Shaykh said ” The word قريبة does not appear in the Holy Qur’aan at all”. Does it mean that the nouns formed in the pattern فَعِيلٌ can also take round taa to denote femininity like قريبة or the pattern فَعِيلٌ is always as it is both for masculine and feminine?

        Wassalam

  392. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
    (7:54:15) يُغْشِي اللَّيْلَ النَّهَارَ يَطْلُبُهُ حَثِيثًا .

    Are both the following correct.

    1. The night covers the day

    2. The day covers the night

    If only one is correct then what would be the reason?

    Thanks

  393. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم

    1. (29:68:13) أَلَيْسَ فِي جَهَنَّمَ مَثْوًى لِلْكَافِرِينَ .
    Am I right to say that هُوَ in لَيْسَ is the ism of لَيْسَ and فِي جَهَنَّمَ مَثْوًى لِلْكَافِرِينَ is khabr of لَيْسَ ?
    If not please explain what is ism and khabr.

    2. (7:95:8) وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ يَا فِرْعَوْنُ . Please explain why there is a Damma on فِرْعَوْنُ while it is منصوب?

    3. قَالَ كَمْ لَبِثْتُمْ فِي الْأَرْضِ عَدَدَ سِنِينَ . Please explain how سُنٌوْنٌ becomes سِنِينَ instead of سُنٌوْنِىْنَ .

    Thanks.

  394. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (10:78:16) وَمَا نَحْنُ لَكُمَا بِمُؤْمِنِينَ .

    Some times there is a proposition of بِ with مُؤْمِنِينَ and some times not. Is there any rule for this ?

    Thanks.

  395. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
    Could you please guide me which lesson(s) explains the usage of مَا as negative or none
    negative etc?
    Thanks.

  396. علي says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    The Sheikh mentions in the English Key Part II at the top of page 29:

    “If we say ‘ra’aita-i^‘ or ‘ra’aiti-i^‘ the Arabic phonetic system requires the omission of the vowel ‘a’ or ‘i’ before the pronoun ‘-i^’

    I was having difficulty understanding how the vowel ‘i’ (not ‘a’) is omitted before the pronoun ‘-i^‘ . What’s the difference between ‘ra’aiti-i^’ and ‘ra’ait-i^’ ? Isn’t there always a كسرة before the pronoun ‘-i^’ ?

    بارك الله فيكم

  397. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (16:64:11) الَّذِي اخْتَلَفُوا فِيهِ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لِقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ

    Please explain what makes هُدًى ism majroor and رَحْمَةً ism mansoob.

    Thanks

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Br Maqbool Ahmad

      وعليكم السلام

      What makes you think that هُدًى is مجرور. It is not مجرور, it is also منصوب, and the sign of its being منصوب is فتحة which is latent (مقــــدّر) because this noun is مقصور.

      هُدًى here in this aayah is منصوب because it is مفعول لأجله. The taqdiir is: أَنْــــــزَلْــــنَـــاه هُدًى

      رَحْمَةً is منصوب because it is معطوف of هُدًى .

      Hope this has helped you to understand the aayah.

      والسلام

      abdur rahim

  398. Haris Mujaddidi says:

    Salaam Alaikum Sheikh,

    Hope this email finds you in the best state of health and iman. To be brief I have a small school/madresah based in Herat, Afghanistan. It is a religious school with about 80 students attending full time. As part of our syllabus we teach your Madina book series Al-Durus ul Lughatul Arabia Li Ghairinaatiqeena behaa. (which we have downloaded from the internet, since they are not available here)
    I would like these books to become more popular in our region, since I have benefited greatly from them.
    The main issue we face is the Key Notes at the end of the book, which cover the grammar aspects of the lessons. This comes in English and for our teachers to teach these books properly we need that section in Arabic or Farsi. Do they come in these languages?

    Jazakumullahu Khaira,
    Haris Mujaddidi

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم Brother

      جزاك الله خيراً for your message to our Shaykh which has been forwarded to him.

      والسلام
      Admin

  399. Afaq says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    can you please guide what is the difference between” من” and “عن” , since both mean: From.

    thanks

  400. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh,

    My question is about the weak letters و , ا , ى why are they called weak letters? Do these letters have any impact on the meaning of the words that they are in?

    May Allah give you long life to serve His Deen.

    Wassalam

  401. Afaq says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    Dear Sheikh please also guide difference between “جَيِدٌ” and ” حَسَنٌ ” .

    He is good = “هُوَ حَسَنٌ

    How can I say “She is good” ?

  402. Haris Mujaddidi says:

    Respected sheikh,

    My question is in regards to the Faa’il in Afaal.

    1- Is the dhameer baariz in Fi’l madhi and mudhari ( like the alif, wow, nun etc..) the actual Faa’l in that kalima or a sign of it, since in tumaa and tum in the madhi form only the taa is considered the Faa’l and the alif and meem are not.

    2-And how do you distinguish the actual dhameer like ( huwa, humaa, hum etc..) in these Afaa’l? Can they be considered as the Faa’il as well? If not then what do we categorize them as?

    3- When the Faa’l is an isma dhaahir the Fi’l is singular, hence you cannot use a plural or a dual Fi’l with a Faa’il (isma dhaahir) because you will have 2 Faa’ils at once. Is this the reason why a singular Fi’l is used with Faa’il (isma dhahir) because the Faa’il is mustatir?

    Please eloborate..
    Jazakullahu khairaa wa Baraka fee hayatikum…

    Haris Mujaddidi

  403. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum respected Shiekh,

    We pray that you are in the best of eeman and health inshaAllah.

    I am a bit confused with the grammatical analysis of the following sentence(taken from B2 L11):

    أَمَّا إِخْوَتِيْ فَكُلُّهُمْ يَدْرُسُوْنَ بِالْجَامِعَةِ

    خْوَتِيْ= Mubtada, mudaf and yaa mutakallim mudaf ilahi

    كُلُّ = is it khabr or the whole sentence from فَكُلُّهُمْ يَدْرُسُوْنَ بِالْجَامِعَةِ is khabr for إِخْوَتِ?

    May Allah reward you in abundance.

    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      See our Shaykh’s latest book:

      قلْ لـــهما قولا كريماً:

      سورة الإسراء

      With Lexical and Grammatical Notes.

      Admin

  404. kamran khan says:

    Assalamu alaikum

    How to pronounce ثماني غرف when there is a sukuun on yaa. I am confused between two pronunciations. Should we pronounce it like samaanii (like a long vowel on nuun) or samaaniyy (like a shaddah on yaa)?

  405. student of knowledge says:

    Is the i”raab of the word: الذي always a na”t?

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  406. Muslima says:

    Salam,
    I want to ask plz: p. 130 of Madina book 3 text (Chennai ed), what do these words mean in ism tasgheer? shuhayd, durayhim, shuhayyid, and dunayneer? JazakAllahu khaira

  407. Muslima says:

    Salaam,
    What does ana hadeethu ‘ahdin bil-Islam mean word for word? JazakAllahu khayra

  408. Muslima says:

    Salaam,

    On page 141 of Madina book3 text, it says ya akhy al kareema. How did it become akhy from akhaa?

  409. Muslima says:

    Salaam,

    For baab if’aal, we make the amr from the original form of the mudari, so could you teach me how to make the amr from aataa (to give)? Jazak Allahu khayra

    • Muslima says:

      ALLAHU AKBAR THIS IS SO BEAUTIFUL! JAZAKUM ALLAH KHAIR FOR YOUR HARD WORK TO EXPLAIN TO ME! AMEEN! I UNDERSTAND FULLY NOW! MAY ALLAH BLESS YOU.

  410. Qamar Faruqui says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
    Respected Shaykh,

    Q51:47 وَالسَّمَاء بَنَيْنَاهَا بِأَيْدٍ وَإِنَّا لَمُوسِعُونَ
    Q. no 1 : Third person plural Form IV conjugation of “wasa’a” is يُوْسِعُونَ but in above ayah ya is replaced with mim kindly explain this.
    Q. no. 2: Dr. Asad has translated above verse as:

    AND IT IS We who have built the universe with [Our creative] power; and, verily, it is We who are steadily expanding it. – 51:47 (Asad)

    Please give your valued analysis as it is of great importance to me.
    May Allah reward you immensely for it.

  411. ŞAMİL says:

    türkiye den yazıyorum… sizinle tanışmanın heyecanını yaşıyorum… arapça öğrenmek istiyorum… yardımlarınızı bekliyorum… form üyeliğimi yapabilir miyiz… allah a emanet olun

  412. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum respected Sheikh,

    We pray that you are in the best of eeman and health.

    In the following Hadith دَعُوهُ، وَأَهْرِيقُوا عَلَى بَوْلِهِ ذَنُوبًا مِنْ مَاءٍ ـ أَوْ سَجْلاً مِنْ مَاءٍ the command verb أَهْرِيقُوا is used but I don’t understand as to why there is an extra ي after the ر? To my understanding is on the baab أفْعَلَ .

    Please clarify. May Allah reward you in abundance in this world and in the hereafter.

    Wassalaam

  413. Uzair Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    Yaa Fadheelat Ashaikh,

    I have 2 questions:

    1. When is “ما” used as “نفي” for “الفعل المضارع

    2. Is “أيش” from the modern standard or classical language?

    Jazaakumullahu Khayran wa al-jannah

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      #1: This is explained in Madinah Book 2, lesson 15.

      Our Shaykh also replied to a similar question as follows.

      Quote: ======

      لاَ is mostly used to negate the mudaari’, but مَا can also be used, especially if we want to make the mudaari’ for the present and exclude the future.

      In the following aayah مَا is used with the mudaari’ :

      وَمَا تُنْفِقُون إلا ابتِغَاءَ وَجْهِ اللهِ

      البقرة: 272

      You do not spend …….

      Hope this is clear.

      abdur rahim

      === end quote

  414. AHMAD says:

    WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE MEANING AND GRAMMETIC OF SAYYID AND SAYYED

    سَيِّد AND سَيَّد

  415. Uzair Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    Yaa Fadheelat Ashaikh,

    I have 2 questions:

    1. What is the Irab of “حرصا” the sentence, I am confused, whether it is “تمييز” or “مفعول مطلق” or “مفعول لأجله”:

    اشتدّ الطلابُ حرصا على النجاح هذه الأيام

    2. What is the difference between “أنواع الصفة” and “أنواع الخبر and how do we differentiate between the two?

    Jazaakumullahu Khayran

  416. Muslima says:

    AS Salamu aleykum wa rahmatuLlahi wa barakatuh!

    I have a question from Madina book 1, p. 65 at first line it says: هذا قلمك أنت

    The questions is what is the role of أنت and it’s i’rab there?

    JazakumuLlahu khayran!

    • Muslima says:

      Thanks a lot for your reply!
      May Allah reward you with all the good.

      I was looking for KItab al muallim for the grammar notes, but didn’t find the electronic version which I need,there is only printed ones (the shipment of which is too costly to order to my country)
      May you advise if there is electronic version which I can buy?

      Barak ALlahu feekum!

  417. Md Jashim Uddin says:

    brother asif meherali is the best teacher for book of dr. abdur rahim. please provide me the contact number if possible.

  418. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم

    (55:31:3) سَنَفْرُغُ لَكُمْ أَيُّهَ الثَّقَلَانِ .

    Are there other forms of أَيُّهَ or is it common for single, plural, dual, masculine, feminine etc?

    Thanks.

  419. Uzair Saleem says:

    Assalaamu alaykum,

    Yaa Fadhilat Asheikh,

    What is the “ف” in “فأقتله” in the following statement, said by عمر بن الخطاب before he embraced Islam, and is there a difference of opinion in it?:

    ” اريد محمدا هذا الصابئ – الذي سب الهتنا و كفر بها – فأقتله “

  420. Uzair Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,

    What was spoken by the Arabs before Islam and after Islam at the time of the Prophet (pbuh)?

    Is it true that Aamiyah was present even a that time, and that the most eloquent of Arabs use to speak with Waqf (without pronouncing all the i’rab)?

    Jazaakumullahu Khayran

  421. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (87:15:2) وَذَكَرَ اسْمَ رَبِّهِ فَصَلَّىٰ .

    Could you please explain how اسْمَ is derived from root letters س م و ?

    Thanks

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      Reply in Q71.

      • Muhammad Hasan says:

        Assalamualikum Dear Shaikh,

        Sorry to ask question on someone else’s question but just wanted to know if these changes are due to any grammatical reasons or for the ease of pronunciation only or this is how the Arabs say them?

        Wassalam

  422. ShahRukh Malik says:

    السلام عليكم

    How do we write fractions like this in Arabic
    54.668%. Please remember that ‘%’ sign. Till now I have got no clue on this. Please answer dear sheikh.

    بارك الله في علمك وعملك وعمرك وايمانك!

  423. Uzair Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,

    What is the Irab of “أسباطا” in the following ayah below, and how can it be تمييز when it is plural?:

    وقطعنهم اثنتي عشرة أسباطا أمما

    Jazaakumullahu Khayran

  424. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    فمال الذين كفروا … (70:36)

    How you describe فَمَالِ.

    Is it one word or more than one word and what are they?

    Thanks.

  425. aishaiasha says:

    Assalamu alaikum. Please, can you send me e-mail address of Shaikh? I’m writing a scientific research in “Huruf al-ma’ani” and I desperately need Shaikh’s advice. JazaakumuLlahu khairan!

  426. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shaikh

    What is the difference between قد و لقد? May Allah reward you abundantly.

    Wassalam

  427. Uzair Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,

    Why is “سلامٌ” indefinite in سلامٌ عليكم?

    Jazaakumullahu Khayran

  428. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh

    Why and when is ظرف called مفعول فيه? What is the difference between them? May Allah reward you abundantly.

    Wassalam

  429. Uzair Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,

    Would you recommend one to speak Arabic with i’rab, meaning they pronounce all tashkeel during speech,be it general or not, with stopping only on last word? Or is this impractical?

    Jazaakumullahu Khayran

  430. Uzair Saleem says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum,

    Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,

    ًWhat is the difference between أمس as مبني and معرب?

    Jazaakumullahu Khayran

  431. Azeez Ibrahim says:

    Salam Alaykum Sheikh, its not easy getting majority of the books here, i’l appreciate if you can help me with that.i’m able to use the soft copy but i really need the hard copy.i look forward to your reply.Shukran.

  432. haroon r says:

    السلام عليكم
    in surat al mumtahana,
    ……إذا جاءك المؤمنات
    the verb is masculine singular instead of feminine singular, why?

  433. S. S says:

    Salam,
    Can we call مسجد masjid ismul dhaat اسم الذات ?

  434. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh,

    Could you please explain with example

    مَنصُوبٌ على نَزعِ الخافِضِ

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    Wassalam.

    • Muhammad Hasan says:

      جزاك الله خيرا

      I understand from the explanation that this omission is an optional omission i.e. أَمَرَنَا اللهُ بِالصَّلَاةِ and أَمَرَنَا اللهُ أَنْ نُصَلِّيَ are one and the same thing? Also, why is أَنْ نُصَلِّيَ called فِي مَحَلِّ نَصْبٍ? shouldn’t it be فِي مَحَلِّ جرٍّ؟ as the original position of it is majrur بِأَنْ نُصَلِّيَ please clarify.

      May Allah reward you abundantly here and the hereafter, inshaAllah.

      • dr.vaniya says:

        If the حرف جرّ is omitted before the مصدر مؤول then there is no influence of a حرف جرّ .

        Instead, the مصدر مؤول is influenced by the verb.

        That is why we say: في محل نصب على نزع الحافض.

        You can see pgs 25-26 of أبشرْ بــخير يومٍ.

        Admin

  435. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم

    يريدُ الله أَلاَّ يَجْعَلَ لَهُمْ حَظّاً في الآخرةِ (آل عمران: ١٧٦)

    What is حَرْفٌ مَصْدَرِيٌّ?

    Thanks.

  436. kamran khan says:

    السلام علیکم
    Dear Dr Abdul Rahim

    To what thing the word هـذا in the below verse refers to?

    أَفَسِحرٌ هـذا أَم أَنتُم لا تُبصِرونَ

    Its from surah at-toor, surah 52, verse 15

    Regards
    Kamran Ahmad Khan

    • kamran khan says:

      Thank you so much. To them, every thing told by the prophets was like a magic. Beautiful answer given by Allah. Now I got the meaning. Shukran yaa shaykh!

  437. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم

    فمن يكفرْ بالطاغوتِ ويؤمنْ باللهِ فقدِ استمسكَ بالعروةِ الوثقى (البقرة: 256

    What is the word الطاغوت derived from?

    Thanks.

  438. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualaikum Dear Sheikh,

    In book 2 lesson 13 exercise 2 the first sentence ends in: يا سَيِّدِى my question is why doesn’t yaa have dots underneath it? Is it not yaa mutakallim? if not, what type of yaa is this? Please clarify.

    May Allah reward you abundantly in the month of Ramadan.

    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      It looks like a typing error. It is ياء المتكلم:

      يا سـَـيِّــدِي (sir).

      والسلام
      Admin

  439. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Walikumussalam,

    Jazakallahu khayran.

  440. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualaikum Dear Sheikh,

    Why some of the three lettered verbs have different pattern for faa’il? For example:
    ضَئِيل : فاعل من ضَؤُلَ Please clarify.

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    Wassalam

  441. Farhan Iqbal says:

    Asalamu alaykum Shaykh, may Allah accept from you and all the Muslims all their good deeds and efforts and wipe their mistakes.
    Shaykh I read once that the word إلا comes as a أداة الاستثناء and that it can also come with the meaning of غير, like in the following ayah.
    لَوْ كَانَ فِيهِمَا آلِهَةٌ إِلَّا اللَّهُ لَفَسَدَتَا ۚ فَسُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَرْشِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

    My question is doesn’t إلا and غير mean the same thing, so what difference does it make when إلا comes with the meaning of غير, and what is the ruling or conditions needed for it to carry this meaning.

    Jazakumu’llahu Khayr

  442. Uzair says:

    Assalaaumu Alaykum,

    Yaa fadhelat Ahseikh,

    What is the i’rab of ‘عمدا‘?

    Jazaakumullahu khayran

  443. Farhan Iqbal says:

    Asalamu alaykum shaykhana, I was reading your book al-mus’if and I wanted clarification of a certain sentence. It says in the book on page 88:

    وهو الذي ليس بذنب بحق غيرهم

    Could you please clarify the meaning of this sentence and the one before it.

    Jazaka’Allah Kayr

  444. Daud Shawkat says:

    As Salaamualykum Wa Rahmatullahi Wa Barakatuhu, Dear Shaikh Ustadh

    In surah Al-Qymah verses 22- 25, the nouns are بَاسِرَةٌ ناضرَةٌ ناظرَةٌ فَاقِرَةٌ

    Ismul faailatun, but being are khabar of the wuhuhu ( Faces), they are translated as Masdar. وُجُهٌ يَومَئذٍ بَاسِرَةٌ ( A face on that day scowling )

    why are they ?

    Jazakumullahu Khairan Kathiran

    Br. Shawkat Ali

  445. Qamar Faruqui says:

    السلام عليكم
    Dear Sheikh,
    What are “Irab” of
    خَلَقَ الْإِنسَانَ
    Is there any reference of this in your books.
    Jazakumullahu Khairan,
    Qamar Faruqui.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      الإِنسَانَ is the mafʿūl bihī of خَلَقَ. So it is manṣūb.

      The fāʿil of خَلَقَ is:

      ضَمِير مُسْتَتِر، تقديره: هُوَ and refers to Allāh subḥānahu wa taʿālā.

      5 more āyāt are:

      خَلَقَ الإنسانَ مِنْ نُطْفَةٍ (النحل: ٤

      خَلَقَ الإِنْسَانَ مِنْ عَلَقٍ (العلق: ٢

      خَلَقَ الإِنْسَانَ مِنْ صَلْصَالٍ (الرحمن: ١٤

      ولَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا الإِنْسَانَ مِنْ صَلْصَالٍ (الحجر: ٢٦

      ولَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا الإِنْسَانَ في أَحْسَنِ تقويْمٍ (التين: ٤

      In the last 2 āyahs, the fāʿil of خَلَقَ is ــنَا.

      The اَلْـ in الإنسانَ is alif lām الْجِنْسِيَّة لاِسْتِغْرَاقِ الْجِنْسِ.

      If you see our Shaykh’s Madinah course and post-Madinah courses you will easily learn to understand iʿrāb like this.

  446. Mohamed Riswan says:

    Assalamu alaykum wa rahmathullaahi wa barakaatuh,

    Dear Shaykh,

    In book 3 key page 91,

    It says at the footnote:

    The ‘faa al sababiyyah’ comes after negation or talab… so if a mudari verb is connected to talab by the fa it is mansub.

    لا تأكلْ كثيرا فتنامَ

    I understood this, Alhamdulillaah!

    But I would like to know the following:

    1. Will mudari (coming after ف al sababiyyah for talab) be mansub even if it is preceded by some particles like قد or لا for e.g.

    لا تأكلْ هذا فلا تنامَ
    لا تأكلْ فقد تنامَ

    2. The ‘faa al sababiyyah’ comes after a negation makes the mudariyyah mansub, please give an example for this.

    3. Will the ‘faa al sababiyyah’ that comes after a negation makes the mudariyyah mansub even if it preceded by some particles like قد or لا .

    Please explain with examples.

    Jazhakallaahu khayran

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      فاء السببية is taught in detail by our Shaykh in:

      1. ‘Both These Lights’ pg 78 onwards (available on-line)

      2. نصوصٌ من الحديث النبوي الشريف Re-print: pg 92 onwards.

      The مضارع is منصوب after فاء السبــبــيــّة due to a hidden أنْ which is always omitted.

      The above example is actually:

      لا تأكلْ كثيرا فــــ(أنْ) تنامَ

      Examples given – including Qur’aanic aayaat – show فاء الســبــبية directly attached to the muDaari.

      #2: An example of negation is given in the references.

      • Mohamed Riswan says:

        Jazhakallaahu khayra akhi,

        I checked the book “Both these lights…” I have found answer to part of my question, Alhamdulillah!

        And I don’t have the book “نصوصٌ من الحديث النبوي الشريف” and also as it is a arabic only book, I may not understand it completely.

        So please help me with the remaining part of my question, which is as below:

        1. Will the ‘faa al sababiyyah’ coming after a talab makes the mudari verb to mansub even if the mudari verb is preceded by some particles like قد or لا for e.g.

        لا تأكلْ هذا فلا تنامَ
        لا تأكلْ فقد تنامَ

        2. Will the ‘faa al sababiyyah’ coming after a negation makes the mudari verb to mansub even if the mudari verb is preceded by some particles like قد or لا .

        Please explain with examples.

  447. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم

    (12:42:5) . وَقَالَ لِلَّذِي ظَنَّ أَنَّهُ نَاجٍ منهما

    نَاجٍ is معرب but is it اسم مجرور or اسم منصوب here?

    Thanks.

  448. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (19:62:8) .لَهُمْ رِزْقُهُمْ فِيهَا بُكْرَةً وَعَشِيًّا

    رِزْقُهُم is مركب اضافى but is it a khabar of something?

    Thanks

  449. kamran khan says:

    السلام علیکم
    Dear Dr Abdul Rahim

    Can you please explain the ism inna mansoob in the following sentence:

    إنَّ لِلموتِ سَكَرَاتٌ [Sahih Bukhari : 4449]

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      According to the sources I checked including صحيح البخاري, the
      علامات الإعراب of Hadiith #4449 and also #6510 is:

      إنَّ لِـلموتِ سكراتٍ.

      - Hadiith of عائشة رضي الله عنها.

  450. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (21:72:3) وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُ إِسْحَاقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ نَافِلَةً .

    Are the names اسم علم مجرور or منصوب ?

    Thanks.

  451. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (22:23:7) إِنَّ اللَّهَ يُدْخِلُ الَّذِينَ آمَنُوا وَعَمِلُوا الصَّالِحَاتِ جَنَّاتٍ تَجْرِي مِنْ تَحْتِهَا لْأَنْهَارُ

    What is the status of الصَّالِحَاتِ جَنَّاتٍ in this verse? Are these منصوب orمجرور?

    Thanks

  452. arbab says:

    السلام علیکم
    1) what does actually منصرف means
    2) ex like رجلان رجلين رجلين we see منصوب and مجرور form are same but we can’t say it ممنوع من الصرف why?
    3) and how to increase vocabulary so as to read Islamic text
    Please provide with book names if possible
    جزاكم الله خيرا

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      #2: As well as الممنوع من الصرف, there are other categories of nouns that have the same form when مجرور or منصوب like:

      المثنى

      جمع المذكر السالم

      جمع المؤنث السالم

      The noun رجلان is مثنى.

      See Madinah Book 3, lesson 1 for a full explanation and examples.

      #1: You can look up the meaning in our Shaykh’s Arabic-English dictionary:

      معجم الكلماتِ الواردةِ في دروس اللغة العربية p119.

      #3: The best way for non-Arabs, is to do our Shaykh’s Mastering Arabic program.

      All the book titles are mentioned in our Libraries, Book Fairs and in: ‘New Books’.

  453. arbab says:

    Is book نصوص من الأحاديث النبوية is available in pdf form?
    And the books on lq Toronto site that are available there in which one book is on a hadith two sets containing 20 hadith each is same as نصوص من الأحاديث النبوية

    جزاك الله

    • dr.vaniya says:

      The book is called:

      نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف

      The new edition is not available in PDF. More أحاديث are added with lexical and grammatical notes. Collection total : 20.

      You can buy the book.

      Our Shaykh’s other collection of 20, very short, easy أحاديث named: أحاديث سهلة is available for download as follows:

      Download our Shaykh’s 2 year Arabic and Islaamic sciences syllabus then go to:

      المستوى الثاني level 2

      Then: الحديث.

      Or buy here.

      Admin

  454. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh

    Could you please clarify the differennce between “من يهدِ اللهُ فلا مضل له” and ” من يهدهِ اللهُ فلا مضل له” with a pronoun with يهدهِ . May Allah reward you without count.

  455. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh,

    On page 51 of Book 1 english key it says عَشْرَة رِجَالٍ but on page 53 it says عَشَرَةُ رِجالٍ then it goes on “note that عَشَرَةُ has fatha on the ش and عَشْرُ has sukun”. Is there any print mistake? Should there be sukun on عَشْرُ? For example we read اثْنَا عَشَرَ وَلَدًا without sukun. Please clarify.

    Wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      عَشَرَةُ رجالٍ – with fatḥah on shīn here – is correct.

      In the Qurʾān:

      تِلْكَ عَشَرَةٌ كَامِلَةٌ (البقرة: ١٩٦)

      عَشْرُ نِسَاءٍ with sukūn on shīn, is correct. عَشْرُ is muʿrab.

      In the Qurʾān:

      مَنْ جاء بالْحَسَنَةِ فَلَـهُ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا (الأنعام: ١٦٠)

      يَتَخَافَتُونَ بينَهم إنْ لَبِثْتُمْ إلاَّ عَشْراً (طه: ١٠٣)

      فإنْ أَتْمَمْتَ عَشْراً … (القصص: ٢٧)

      اثنا عَشَرَ ولداً – with fatḥah on shīn – is correct.

      In the Qurʾān:

      إذْ قال يوسفُ لأَبِيهِ يَا أبتِ إنِّي رأيتُ أَحَدَ عَشَرَ كوكباً (يوسف: ٤)

      اثنا عَشَرَ is عَدَد مُرَكَّب. The part عَشَرَ is mabniyy ʿalā l-fatḥ.

      The numbers : عَشْرُ نِسَاءٍ and اثنا عَشَرَ ولداً are two different numbers.

      Note: عَشَرَةُ رجالٍ has fatḥah on shīn as mentioned.

      In: اثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ – there is a sukūn on shīn here. This number is عَدَد مُرَكَّب . The part عَشْرَةَ is mabniyy ʿalā l-fatḥ.

      In the Qurʾān:

      فَانْفَجَرَتْ منه اثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ عَيْناً (البقرة: ٦٠)

      فَانْبَجَسَتْ منه اثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ عَيْناً (الأعراف: ١٦٠)

      وقطَّعْنَاهُمُ اثْنَتَيْ عَشْرَةَ أسباطاً أُمَماً (الأعراف: ١٦٠)

      For a full treatment of numbers, see:

      1. Madinah Book 2:24
      2. كتاب الْمعلِّم: ٢

      To grammatically understand the āyah:

      فإنْ أَتْمَمْتَ عَشْراً … (القصص: ٢٧)

      - you can see our Shaykh’s new book:

      ‘At the Well of Madyan’
      سورة القصص
      With Lexical and Grammatical notes.

      • Muhammad Hasan says:

        So, when it comes as number ten then it’s spelt with fatha on shin like عَشَرَةُ رجالٍ but when it comes in the murakkab 11 to 19 then it’s spelt with a sukun on shin like اثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ is it right? Jazakallahu khairan.

  456. Waqar Shaikh says:

    Assalamu Alaykumu Shaykh,

    May Allah shower His Mercy on you!

    I have a request. I intend to teach Arabic on line. I would like to use your series. I am requesting your written permission for scanning and using your series while teaching this course. I may ask the on line students for a small optional fee upon completion of each of the three books.

    May Allah reward you amply!

    Waqar

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      شكرا for your message.

      You have permission to scan and teach the Madinah Books for non-commercial use.

      جزاك الله خيرا

      We pray for your success.

      والسلام

  457. Faris says:

    assalamu ‘alaykum.

    Is it true that in Balagha, a nominal sentence is stronger than a verbal sentence. If so, then in what ways?

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      This is correct.

      A جملة اسمية is stronger as it is used to remove doubt, emphasise a fact or idea, or show continuity and permanence الثبوت والدوام.

      In the Qurʾān, Prophet Ibrāhīm عليه السلام responds to a tyrannical king who debated with him about the truth. Prophet Ibrāhīm عليه السلام states:

      رَبِّيَ الذي يُحْيِي ويُمِيتُ (البقرة: ٢٥٨)

      To that, the disbeliever responded:

      أنا أُحْيِي وأُمِيتُ (البقرة: ٢٥٨)

      He responded using a جملة اسْمِيّة to emphasise:

      Even I give life and death

      - which is more emphatic than saying:

      أُحْيِي وأُمِيتُ.

      I give life and death.

      This بلاغة point is mentioned on our Shaykh’s ‘Selections’ course.

      Admin

  458. maqsood says:

    ASSALAM O ALY KUM

    MAY ALLAH GRANT YOU PARADISE
    AAMEEN

    i benefited a lot from your Madinah books respected sir

    my question is that i read in madinah book 3 about 5 nouns الاسماء الخمسة but
    i found a book in which it was 6 nouns there was ٌهن the sixth noun mention there.

    So is that correct?

    • mohd.haseen says:

      Assalmu alekum

      I am going through video lectures of brother Asif of the Book 1. I am confused with عند and مع for example what is the difference between

      المدرس عند المدير
      المدرس مع المدير

      Jazak Allah Khair, and may Allah grant all of you health and long life.

      ** I am urdu speaking from India is there anyone on this forum whom I can ask questions in urdu.

      • dr.vaniya says:

        وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

        Our Shaykh explains the difference in the Key, lesson 10.

        Here, عندَ indicates المدرِّس is with المدير physically.

        Whereas مَعَ indicates he is with him in other ways like in belief, methodology etc.

        In English we say: ‘I am with him’

        - and we mean: ‘on his side, supporting him’, regardless of physical distance.

        Our Shaykh is fluent in Urdu so you can ask here in Urdu.

        جزاك الله خيرا.

        Admin

        • mohd.haseen says:

          السلام عليكم

          May الله سبحانه وتعالى shower his blessings on the whole team associated with this programmme.
          Your answer clarified all my doubts.
          جزاك الله

        • Muhammad Hasan says:

          Assaalamualikum,

          Can مَعَ be used in the physical sense too? In sura hud ayat 12 Allah says أَوْ جَآءَ مَعَهُ مَلَكٌ translated as “or an angel come with him”

          Jzakallahu khayran

          • dr.vaniya says:

            وعليكم السلام

            Reply was based on the context of:

            المدرس عند المدير / مع المدير.

            Admin

  459. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualiulkum Dear shiekh,

    We have learned that in superlative form ism tafdeel takes mudaf liaihi but in أشد سوادا it’s منصوب/تمييز. Could you please explain this type of constructions?

    May Allah bless you.

  460. aishaiasha says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
    Dear Shaikh

    In this aya: ” قَالُوا تَاللَّهِ تَفْتَأُ تَذْكُرُ يُوسُفَ حَتَّىٰ تَكُونَ حَرَضًا أَوْ تَكُونَ مِنَ الْهَالِكِينَ” (Yusuf 85) there is verb “تفتأ” which requires النفي before it but I can’t see here any النفي particles. Can you explain this, please?
    JazaakumuLlahu khairan!

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      Our Shaykh explained this in:

      المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف

      - grammar notes for āyah 85.

      You can download this from the Advanced Library.

      Admin

  461. Maqbool Ahmad says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    (37 : 71 ) وَلَقَدْ ضَلَّ قَبْلَهُم أَكْثَرُ الْأَوَّلِينَ .

    Is أكثرُ ألْأَوَّلِينَ :
    مركب اضافى؟

    Thanks

  462. HINA SAYED says:

    assalmu alikum
    I wanted to ask with our fadilat shaykh about sureh an’am ayah 78 where the sun’s adjective is brought as masculine “hadha akbar” what could be the grammatical explanation and the wisdom behind it with the scholars of knowledge please explain.

    may Allah give our shaykh sihha wal aafiya aameen.

  463. Farhan Iqbal says:

    Asalamu Alaykum, May Allah reward you immensely Shaykh. I have a question about mubtada and khabr, if the khabr is a shibhu jumlah should it always precede the mubtada then or not. Jazak’Allahu kayr

  464. muhammad zahid says:

    Assalamualaikum. I want to ask that for Arabic to English i use Hens Wehr dictionary. Which dictionary i should use for English to Arabic.
    Jazakallah Khair

  465. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh,

    In some books it says- types of الكلام are 3 i.e اسم , فعل and حرف but in other books it says types of الكلمة are 3 i.e اسم , فعل and حرف . Why the authors have used two different words الكلام and الكلمة to describe the same thing? Is there any real difference between الكلام and الكلمة or are they both one and the same?

    Secondly, are new books available for purchase in any bookshops in Madinah? Jazakallahu khayran

    Wassalam

  466. Farhan Iqbal says:

    Asalamu alaykum could you please clarify the meaning of this couplet

    فبينا نحن نرقبه أتانا* معلقَ وفضةٍ وزناد راع

    Jazaka’Allah kayr

  467. prasetya says:

    Assalamu’alaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh

    Dear Syaikh, in QS 69:19 and 69:25 the kitabiyah has sukun (I also confuse why ه , not writted with ة), can you explain about it?

    Jazakallahu khayran

  468. juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh

    In book 2 madeenah books chapter 10 what is the iraab of marratan ukhra in a yadhhabu ilal masnai marratan ukhra baadaz zuhri?

  469. juwairiyah says:

    Jazakillahu khairan

    Please tell me also that zarf is mansub right? But what abt qaribun?

  470. Arbab says:

    Assalamu alaikum
    I have studied all three madinah books.
    Is there any benefit for me if I study تحفة السنية بشرح الآجرومية.

  471. Umm Abdullaah says:

    السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته

    حيّاك الله يا شيخ
    بارك الله و جزاك الله خيرا

    I don’t know if this question as been asked/answer, so please forgive me if it has and properly direct me to the source.

    Since I don’t know and have searched to no avail, I’d like to ask the following.

    Why does the word قَبْلُ have dammah although it’s مجرور due to it being preceded by a preposition (حرف جر)?

    I’ve found this at least twice in surah طه.

  472. Ashiru says:

    ليست خسارتكم اليوم أكبر من خسارتنا نحن

    Pls I need help in the grammatical analysis of the above sentence, and I am not able to comprehend it.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin:

      ليستْ خسارتُكم اليومَ أكبرَ مِنْ خسارتِنا نحن.

      خسارةُ is ismu laysa, marfūʿ and muḍāf.

      أكبرَ is khabaru laysa, manṣūb.

      اليومَ is ẓarf zamān, manṣūb.

      نَحْنُ is for tawkīd of نَا in خسارتِنا.

      Our Shaykh translates it as:

      ‘Your loss today is not greater than our loss’.

  473. Umm Abdul Malik says:

    Assalamu aleikum dear Shaykh
    May Allah grant you success in Dunya and Akhirah for your big effort to teach Muslims the language of their Deen.
    My question is related to Lesson 5 of “Selections of Glorious Qur’an” course.
    It’s mentioned there that the verb خسر has three masdars:
    خسارة
    خسر
    خسران

    They are frequently mentioned in the Qur’an. I wanted to know, do these three masdars carry the exact meanings? Or there are some subtle differences in their meaning, for example various degrees of loss?
    Jazak Allahu kheir

  474. A M Rahman says:

    Assalamu aleikum dear Shaykh
    May Allah grant you success in Dunya and Akhirah for your big effort to teach Muslims the language of their Deen.

    My questions are:
    1) I have heard that your books on Madinah Arabic Course is free of copyright.

    2) If it is so, can I translate the “english key” to my native language -Assamese ?

    3) If yes, Please let me know if their are any guidelines / procedures associated ?

    Note: I intend to do the translation with a non-profit mission.

    Jazakallahu khayran

  475. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh

    We’ve learned that the verb for plural faa’il is singlar but in the following hadith the plural form of verb has been used for the plural faa’il:

    يَتَعَاقَبُونَ فِيكُمْ مَلاَئِكَةٌ بِاللَّيْلِ وَمَلاَئِكَةٌ بِالنَّهَارِ (Sahih Muslim).

    Is it because the faa’il hasn’t come immediately after the verb? Could you please clarify? May Allah give you the best reward.

    Wassalam

    • Muhammad Hasan says:

      Jazakallahu khayran but could you please elaborate bit more? Has this topic been discussed in any of our sheikh’s books?

  476. Sabir Ahamed says:

    Assalamu aleikum dear Shaykh
    May Allah grant you success in Dunya and Akhirah for your big effort. May Allah SWT reward all of you, Ameen.

    We are running a small Madrasah in Singapore and we have just started teaching Arabic Grammar for the children and teenagers. We are using the Dr V. Abdur Rahim Books, Vol 1 -3.

    I have gone thru your website and found very interesting set of materials that are suitable for teaching for children and teenagers.

    Could I know where we could buy or download these materials expecially the excercises which are suitable for children and teenagers.

    I had posted a week ago on the same concern but I did hear from you.

    I would appreciate you advice on this.

    JazaakAllah

    • dr.vaniya says:

      from Admin
      السلام عليكم

      جزاك الله خيرا for your message.

      All the materials can be downloaded or purchased from the relevant sections at this website such as the Teachers’ Library, Book Fair, Children’s Library and Children’s Book Fair.

      You can download the new worksheets with new exercises (lessons 1-10, Madinah Book 1 with exam) from the Beginner’s Library.

      You can buy كتاب المعلم لـــ: دروس اللغة العربية لغير الناطقين بها from the Teachers’ Library.

      Please visit the relevant sections to download or buy the materials.

      والسلام

      • Umm Abdul Malik says:

        These worksheets for Book 1 Madina Arabic Reader lessons 1-10 are truly fantastic tabarakAllah.
        Is there any possibility to design the worksheets covering the remaining lessons?
        In Kitabu Muallim there are guidelines how to conduct the classes but it requires lots of creativity to make worksheets based on that..
        Are there any other resources available to supplement the remaining lessons?

        Or if we do not use any supplements and just strictly stick to the main textbook and its exercises (Madina Arabic Reader), would it be still sufficient for children to master their Arabic?
        Jazak Allahu kheir

        • dr.vaniya says:

          السلام عليكم

          جزاكِ الله خيرا.

          Yes, we have produced very colourful, creative worksheets for Books 1-4 of Madinah Arabic Reader, based on كتاب المعلم and will publish them in the future, إن شاء الله.

          We have digital learning and teaching aids to supplement the course. Children like animation effects and we have utilised them generously.

          Our Shaykh’s series is complete for mastering Arabic but the supplementary aids give extra practice and fun.

          والسلام
          Admin

          • Umm Abdul Malik says:

            Jazak Allahu kheir. These are great news tabarakAllah. When are you planning to publish them approximately? Is it possible to publish worksheets for Book 2 as high priority?

            May Allah reward you immensely for your effort.

  477. Farhan Iqbal says:

    Asalamu alaykum Respected Shaykh
    Could you please explain what الجملة الاعتراضية is.
    Jazaka’Allah kayr

  478. Muslima says:

    assalamu alaikum!

    I would like to ask please, how do we explain that the verb “tasbiq” is majzoom because of lam and also fi mahalli jazmin as the fi’lu shart for the harf “in” in the following sentence: “fa in lam tasbiqha fa hiya muqaddarah” in lesson 25, book 3, page 214 of online chennai edition (part of exercise #5 after the main lesson).

    Jazakumullah khayr!

  479. Rahma Umm Abdillah says:

    السلام عليكم يا شيخنا

    An example was mention in a lecture about ismul tafdhil in surah An-Nisaa : 122
    ومن أصدق من الله قيلا

    Why قيلا is used in this ayah instead of قولا ? Are the two words different in meaning? What is the root of قيلا ?

    جزاكم الله خيرا

  480. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamulaikum Dear Sheikh

    In B2 L17 in the list of new words, the plural for ذُباب is written as ذُبَّانٌ with a dhammah on the first letter but in the dictionary it is wrtten with a kasra like ذِبَّانٌ could you please clarify if both spellings are correct? Jazakallahu khayran

  481. Asma Noor says:

    Assalamoalaikum Shaikh

    I heard in many lectures of Norman Ali khan saying that الصالحات as جمع قلة . We are required to do few good deeds for salvation.
    Is this information true? as I am aware of four other أوزان for جمع قلة .

  482. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum respected Sheikh

    1) Why, in surah Yunus verse 24 the verb تزينت has been written like وازينت? taa has merged into zaa and an extra Alif is added in the beginning.

    2) Secondly, in surah Yusuf verse 87 the verb تايئسوا and يايئس has an extra Alif, what is the reason for this extra Alif? Please clarify. May Allah reward you and give you long life to serve in His cause.

    Wasslam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      1) The Shaykh’s new book اثـَّـاقلتم explains the صرف of this in great detail.

      2) This is an aspect of Qur’aanic orthography.

      Admin

      • Muhammad Hasan says:

        Jazakallahu khayran. We have to just wait since all these books aren’t available in the UK yet. May Allah make it easy on us.

  483. Juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum

    In Book 2 Madeenah book chapter 17, it is writen baqiya thalaathu daqaaiqa.
    In the key book it says it should be baqiyat and since it is not haqiqiy, it can be baqiyat or baqiya.
    My question is: thalaathu is not feminine so why is it baqiyat?

  484. Juwairiyah says:

    Assalamualaykum what is the new book that u are talking about @admin where in india ? I live in india

  485. juwairiyah says:

    Plz ans my question .I have to explain to my student tomorrow Inshaallah

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Dear Sister Juwairiyah

      وعليكم السلام

      ثلاث is a feminine number (ثلاثة رجالٍ/ ثلاث نساءٍ). It has a masculine form, but is used with feminine nouns.

      والسلام,

      abdur rahim

  486. MEGUE THIAM says:

    À propos de votre application (Durûs al-Lughah al-‘Arabiyyah li-Ghair al-Nâtiqîna Bihâ )
    Je l’ai installé mais et ne trouve que 5 môts.
    Y’a t’il une solution ou c’est juste ça.
    Quant-à propos de l’ensemble satisfaction pour l’islam.
    Merci
    Merci

  487. juwairiyah says:

    What is the arabic for pull and mattress? Where can I get dictionary english to arabic so that I can learn modern arabic words that are used for our day to day life.I really want to speak in arabic even at home with my husband but I get stuck in the names of things that are used day to day

    • dr.vaniya says:

      The 3 Madinah Books give lots of day-to-day vocabulary. Pls start with that first.

      Then do the Shaykh’s ‘Arabic Conversation Drills’ (more than once if needed). This is an Arabic conversation course using the vocabulary of the 3 Madinah Books. If you do this course in pairs, you will benefit further.

      Once you have done this, you will start speaking day-to-day Arabic.

      You can try the book stores like Dar as-Salam.
      Admin

  488. Adil Jafree says:

    اقسام الايمان فى أقسام القران this new book is not available in stock for a long time will it be available in near future
    والسلام adil

    • Adil jafree says:

      JazakAllaah

      • dr.vaniya says:

        The new book was shipped over a week ago for re-stocking but an issue at customs clearance resulted in the stock being returned to the shipper – regrettably.

        Hoping it will be re-stocked soon, إن شاء الله.

        Admin

  489. أبو حنيف says:

    Assalamu alaykum!

    Please help!

    Is the word نجمة (najma) can be used to mean a “Star” (celestial) like the word نجم (najm)?

    • أبو حنيف says:

      Jazhakallahu khayr

      Akhi, Shaykh’s answer explains the meaning of نجم but I would like to know the meaning of نجمة whether this word can also mean a celestial star.

  490. rizwan says:

    assalamualikumwrwb
    i have a question in form 7 there is a verb (inshaqqa)please can you tell me how i make amr this form . I make amr for anta like (inshaqiq) and one i make is (inshaqqa) fatah on kaaf if imake amr (inshaqqa) i put shadda on their or not .

  491. Rizwan says:

    Assalamualikumwrwb
    I have a question in form 7 the verb is (inshaqqa- yanshaqqu) how I made amr in this verb . This verb is mudaaf .

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      مضعّف verbs have two ways of making the amr with certain isnāds: the amr can be with or without assimilation (الإدغامُ والْفَكّ).

      With إدغام, the amr is:

      اِنْشَقَّ.

      Please see Madinah Book 2, lesson 29.

      Here is an āyah:

      فَإِذَا انْشَقَّتِ السَّمَاءُ فَكَانَتْ وَرْدَةً كَالدِّهانِ (الرحمن: ٣٧)

      Admin

  492. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh

    Could you please shed some light on أكلوني البراغيث? Who are the poeple of البراغيث? Do we have examples of such usage in the Quran and Sunnah?

    Jazakallahu khayran

  493. Heri Purwoko says:

    السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته

    Praise be to Allah alone. Peace be upon us goes to the Prophet Muhammad peace and blessings alaihi respectfully.

    Arabic is needed to understand the religion of Islam and to facilitate the necessary understanding of the Arabic language Arabic handbook.

    We get requests from schools to print books Durusul lughah Arabiyah Dr. Abdurrahim for use by students in schools in Indonesia.

    We wanted to get written permission to print the book Durusul lughah to be sold in schools in Indonesia.

    Lughah Durusul books we sell to schools with low prices make it affordable to students.

    We want to pay royalties on book sales Durusul lughah to the authors of the book.

    Please update from Dr. Abdurrahim on this matter.

    Thank you for your concern.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      جزاك الله خيرا for your message and efforts to help teach Qur’aanic Arabic.

      The Shaykh has read your message and replied.

      I have sent the reply to your email.

      Admin

  494. أبو حنيف says:

    Assalamu alaykum, please translate the below sentences.

    1. Eight old students went out from that beautiful car of Haamid.

    2. I saw nine houses in front of the secondary school.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      ١. خَرَجَ ثَمَانِيَةُ طُلاَّبٍ قُدَامَى مِنْ سَيَّارَةِ حَامِدٍ الْجَمِيلَةِ تِلْكَ.

      ٢. رَأَيْتُ تِسْعَةَ بُيُوتٍ أَمَامَ الْمَدْرَسَةِ الثَّانَوِيَّةِ

      (Shaykh agrees).

      Admin

  495. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh

    Could you please explain النعت حقيقيّ وسببيّ with some examples? Jazakallahu khayran.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      النعت الحقيقيّ والسببيّ is explained in:

      a) ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ (final DVD)

      b) On-line Grammar program.

      Admin

  496. Abu Imran says:

    As salaamu aleykum wa rahmatuLlahi wa barakaatuh,

    Is there any way to contact the Cheykh personnaly ? Per e mail or other..

    BaarakAllahu fiikum

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      A private email to the Shaykh must first go via Admin.

      Please send your message to my email and I will forward it to the Shaykh (as appropriate).

      Admin

  497. Ali says:

    As salaamu ‘alaykum wa rahmatullaah. Could the shaykh please provide a translation of the poem of imam al-Asma’ee “Safeer Sawt Al-Bulbul”? It would be amazing!

  498. أبو حنيف says:

    Assalamu alaykum

    Akhi!

    قالت له فاطمة
    قالت فاطمة له

    Are both these construction of sentences correct?

    If 2nd one is wrong. Please explain why.

    Jazhakallaahu khayr.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      The usage in the Qurʾān and modern Arabic, is the first construction.

      In the Qurʾān:

      قَالَ لَهُ مُوسَى (الكهف: ٦٦)

      قَالَ لَهُمْ مُوسَى أَلْقُوا ما… (يونس: ٨٠)

      قَالَ لَهُمْ مُوسَى وَيْلَكُمْ (طه: ٦١)

      وَلَقَدْ قَالَ لَهُمْ هٰرُونُ (طه: ٩٠)

      وَقَالَ لَهُمْ نَبِيُّهُمْ (البقرة: ٢٤٧)

      قَالَتْ لَهُمْ رُسُلُهُمْ (إبراهيم: ١١)

      Also, in these ḥadīth lines:

      «فَقَالَ لَهُ أَبُوهُ: أَطِعْ أبا القَاسِمِ»

      «فقَالَ لَهُ النجاشيُّ: هَلْ مَعَكَ مِمَّا جاء به عَنِ اللهِ مِنْ شيءٍ»

      «فقَالَ لَهُ جَعْفَرٌ: نعم»

      «فقَالَ لَهُ النجاشيُّ: فَاقْرَأْهْ عليَّ»

      In the Madinah Books you will only find the first construction (e.g. D2:14 pgs 99-100).

      The following order is noted when the lām (the ḥarf jarr) is prefixed to a noun not a pronoun:

      قَالَ مُوسَى لِقَوْمِهِ … (الأعراف: ١٢٨)

      Also seen in D2:14.

      Whether your second construction is wrong, I will let our Shaykh answer that.

      Admin

  499. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh,

    What is the I’raab of خيرًا in جزاك الله خيرًا? Most say it’s مفعول به ثان some say tamiz while some other say it’s naat of the dropped mafulun mutlaq! Please clarify.

    wassalam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      خيراً is a second mafʿūl bihī of جَزَى. This is based on a previous reply of the Shaykh.

      In the same way, جَهَنَّمَ is a second mafʿūl bihī of نَجْزِي in:

      وَمَنْ يَقُلْ مِنْهُمْ إِنِّي إِلهٌ مِنْ دُونِهِ فَذلِكَ نَجْزِيهِ جَهَنَّمَ (الأنبياء: ٢٩)

      And مَا is a second mafʿūl bihī of تُجْزَوْنَ in:

      يا أَيُّهَا الَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا لا تَعْتَذِرُوا الْيَوْمَ إِنَّما تُجْزَوْنَ ما كُنْتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ (التحريم: ٧)

      Admin

      • Muhammad Hasan says:

        Jazakallahu khayran. Can it also be explained as نائب, عن المفعول المطلق on the estimation of جزاك الله جزاء خيراً like شفاك الله شفاء كاملاً or as Tam’iz like زادك الله علماً? (I am posting this second time as it didn’t get posted first time).

        • dr.vaniya says:

          السلام عليكم

          علماً is not a تمييز in زادك الله علماً.

          The Shaykh has corrected this on his courses.

          Have you not done Selections and نورٌ على نورٍ?

          Admin

          • Muhammad Hasan says:

            No, I haven’t done them yet! But I will start soon inshaaAllah. What is it if it’s not tamiz? Barakallahu feek.

            • dr.vaniya says:

              It is مفعول به ثانٍ.

              Source: Selections, DVD2 B1.

              نور على نور, DVD1.

              The Shaykh also discusses why.

              Admin

  500. Umm Raiyan says:

    Assalamu alaykum,
    I am teaching my kids Madinah Arabic book 1 at home. Jazakallahu khair for the resources in the children’s library. It is very helpful and easy for children. My kids love the colorful illustrations. But it has worksheets only for lessons 1-5. Where can I get the worksheets for lessons 6-10?
    May Allah benefit you all here and in the next life for producing beneficial resources for our future generations.
    Regards
    Umm Raiyan

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Sister

      Worksheets for the whole of Book 1 (Madinah Arabic Reader) have been produced but our Shaykh has not had time to review the material so they cannot be published yet.

      I suggest using the worksheets in the Beginner’s Library (up to lesson 10). These are also colourful, easy for beginners and suitable for children.

      I also recommend using our animated videos that teach Book 1. Children love the animations and are learning and enjoying Arabic much more.

      In : Digital Learning and Teaching Aids.

      Admin

      • dr.vaniya says:

        السلام عليكم Sister

        Worksheets for Lessons 6, 7 and 8 are now available in the Children’s Library.

        والسلام
        ِAdmin

      • Umm Abdul Malik says:

        Assalamu aleikum
        You have mentioned recently in other comment that you have produced worksheets for Book 2 of Madina Arabic Reader. Just was wondering when they are going to be published? I also teach Madina Arabic at home and Alhamdulillah we had wonderful results using worksheets for Book 1. May Allah Subhanahu wa Taala reward your team for this effort. Now we completed Book 1 and are about to start Book 2… really looking forward for your supplementary worksheets. Is there any timeframe they might be published on the website? Looking forward to your answer. Jazak Allahu Khair.

  501. Sa'd bin Yunus says:

    Assalaamu Alaykum Wa Rahmatullaahi Wa Barakaatuhu,

    When I download a pps file from Digital Learning and Teaching aids, I am asked to enter a password. What password should be entered?

    I am forced to ask on this forum as I don’t see an alternative way of asking a question on this website.

    Jazaakum Allaahu Khayran

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      The powerpoint files (pps files) are not password-protected for downloading and viewing. They are only password-protected for editing. A user is only prompted for a password when he/she tries to edit the file. This only occurs when the file is opened as a ppt file not a pps file.

      I tested some downloads and was able to download and view the files without being asked for a password. I am not sure what happened in your case but please try again.

      I hope you benefit from the videos, إن شاء الله.

      بارك الله فيك.

      والسلام
      Admin

      • Ibrahim says:

        I get the same question for a password. I tried in both LibreOffice Impress and Google Docs. LO errors out about password and Google Docs brings up a dialog asking for password. No access to ms windows here. I can use Wine/PlayOnLinux with PowerPointViewer, however the arabii letters are broken up and miss aligned at times, that’s with the Traditional Arabic and TA Bold installed in the correct font folder.

  502. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum dear sheikh,

    In B2 L23 there is a sentence
    جاء خمسة المدرسين الجدد why is the فعل masculine while the فاعل is feminine خمسة? May Allah reward you abundantly.

  503. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh,

    We have learnt in book 2 how to express “I have neither a book nor a pen” ما عندي كتاب ولا قلم and “They neither entered the classrooms nor are they in the teachers room”
    لا دخلوا الفصول ولا هم في غرفة المدرسين but how would we say “I will neither eat rice nor banana” for example? Is it like - َلا آكل الارزَّ ولا الموز Barakallahu feek

  504. Hakimuddin Shamsi says:

    Assalaamu alaikum Ya Sheikh
    Kindly let me know in Surah :28 Al Qasas ;Aayah : 48 – there is said “min Qablu”. Why is qabl in state of rafa’ after harf jarr “min”

    wasalaam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      It is not actually مرفوع here.

      The Shaykh explains it fully in:

      1) دروس اللغة Bk 3, lesson 12.

      2) Glossary of Words , section : ق.

      3) Q & As: Noble Qurʾān : Q/A 20

      Admin

  505. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum dear Shiekh,

    In sura hujurat on page 45 it says نعم الطالب بلال why, despite the faail being definite, it has been translated as indefinite “what an excellent student Bilal is”. barakallahu feek

  506. Muslima says:

    Salam,

    I would like to ask please: if mudaf ilayhi is the thing possessed and the mudaaf is the possessor, then how can we explain that rabbil aalameen in surah fatiha is mudaaf and mudaaf ilayhi?

    Jazakum Allah khair

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله

      The muḍāf/muḍāf ilayi has the meaning of possessed/possessor when we have examples like those in lesson 5, Madinah Book 1. But the Shaykh does not state that every iḍāfah has this meaning.

      ربِّ العالَمين is an iḍāfah but in this case, the muḍāf (not muḍāf ilayhi) signifies ownership. When the muḍāf signifies ownership, the meaning is reversed.

      Here are some more examples from the Qurʾān:

      قُلْ أَعُوذُ بِرَبِّ الناسِ * مَلِكِ النَّاسِ * إلهِ النَّاسِ (الناس: ١-٣)

      قُلِ اللَّهُمَّ مَالِكَ الْمُلْكِ (آل عمران: ٢٦)

      رَبُّ السمواتِ والأرضِ (مريم: ٦٥)

      رَبُّ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ (الْمزّمّل: ٩)

      رَبُّنَا الذي أَعْطَى كُلَّ شيءٍ خَلْقَهُ ثُمَّ هَدَى (طه: ٥٠)

      In modern Arabic we say:

      رَبَّةُ الْبَيْتِ
      housewife.

      Admin

  507. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh,

    In sura hujurat DVD 3 Part A in explaining وإن لمنكور يضف، أو جردا … ألزم تذكيرًا، وأن يوحدا you have given some examples(at 22 minutes time slot) like بلال أكبر من حامدٍ٬ بلال وابراهيم أكبر من حآمدٍ and later while summarising all the four points in number 2(at 27:11 time slot) you said “no min” and gave an example بِلال أحسن طالبٍ . I am a bit confused with these examples. Could you please clarify?

    May Allah reward you abundantly.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      The Shaykh explained all of this in Madinah Book 2, lesson 3 and كتاب المعلم.

      Admin

      • Muhammad Hasan says:

        I know this but my question is different and based on how the shaykh has explained in surah hujurat. The example
        بلال أكبر من حامدٍ will it come under number 1 or 2 amongst the 4 ways of using ism al tafdiil? Barakallahu feek.

        • dr.vaniya says:

          The Key explains the use of مِنْ with اسم تفضيل and it is with the comparative form.

          In the superlative form, there is no مِنْ.

          The Shaykh’s summary on the DVDs states that usage 2 takes no مِنْ. This therefore is superlative form.

          So the example comes under usage 1.

          Admin

  508. Muhammad Hasan says:

    السلام عليكم Dear Shaykh,

    In sura hujurat in DVD 3 part A time slot 52 minutes while explaining about ما الموصولة you have said actual خبر is استخرّ but then what would be the صلة الموصول ? Barakallahu feek.

    • dr.vaniya says:

      Note: The Shaykh did not say استخرَّ. He said استــقـــرَّ.

      The estimated صلة الموصول is given on the DVD.

      If you go back to time: 51:15 onwards, and listen to the تقدير of the āyah following ما (the اسم موصول).

      This is also covered on Selections.

      Admin

      • Muhammad Hasan says:

        Sorry, I meant to write استــقـــرَّ but wrote استخرَّ by mistake.

        After listening to it a few times, my understanding is في السماقات is
        صلة الموصول and the تقدير is استــقـــرَّ في السماقات . And when Shaykh said it is the actual خبر I think shaykh meant it is the actual خبر for shibhu jumla and not in relation to this particular sentence. Please correct me if I am wrong.

        • dr.vaniya says:

          السلام عليكم ورحمة الله

          The صلة الموصول is the part:

          استقرَّ في السمواتِ.

          It includes استقرَّ because a صلة الموصول needs an عائد.

          In: في السمواتِ there is no عائد which would return back to مَا.

          But in: استقرَّ في السمواتِ there is an عائد which is the ḍamīr mustatir هو and goes back to ما.

          Yes, استقرَّ is the actual khabar when you have a mubtadaʾ whose khabar is a شبه جملة .

          استقرَّ therefore:

          1. supplies the عائد when needed in a صلة الموصول.

          2. is the actual khabar when the khabar is a شبه جملة.

          I hope it’s clearer.

          Admin

  509. Muhammad says:

    Assalamu ‘alaykum

    I hope you are well.

    I have some questions related to ism al-ishara.

    1. Does ism al-ishara always requires a badal? E.g., do we assume the sentence هذا كتاب to actually be هذا الشيء كتاب ?

    2. If that is correct, then what would the badal of the ism al-ishara be in the sentence هذه سيارة ?

    3. In the sentence هذا كتاب , the word kitab is grammatically khabar. Would it be correct to refer to it as musharun ilayh (as well as khabar) or can this term only be used for the badal of the ism al-ishara?

    Jazak Allah khayran

    Wassalaam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      السلام عليكم

      The Shaykh answered this in:

      Arabic Sciences : Q81 اسم الإشارة and بدل.

      Admin

  510. Muhammad says:

    Assalamu ‘alaykum

    I pray you are well.

    In Arba’una Haditha on page 47 (UKIA print) there are examples of waw al-haal. In the first example دخلت المسجد والإمام يركع what is the jumla haaliya giving the haal of?

    I.e., can it be the haal of the fa’il of dakhaltu, is it haal of the masjid, or is this a case of حال مؤكدة لمضمون الجملة ?

    Also, what will the ‘aamil be on the jumla haaliya?

    Jazak Allah khayraa

    Wassalaam

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته

      جزاك الله خيرا.

      The صاحب الحال is ــــتُ in دخلتُ.

      This is based on a reply of the Shaykh to a similar question.

      Lesson 31 in Vol. 3 of دروس اللغة is a comprehensive dars on حال.

      Admin

      • Muhammad says:

        Assalamu ‘alaykum WW

        Jazakumullahu khayraa. This answer as well as Q81 answered by Shaykh Abdurrahim حفظه الله are very helpful and much appreciated.

        Wassalaam

      • Muhammad says:

        Assalamu ‘alaykum

        I’m a little confused as to how والإمام يركع is haal of ــــتُ in دخلتُ because the jumla Haaliyah does not refer to the fa’il of dakhala in any way.

        I could understand to some extent if it were haal of al-masjid but I don’t see how we can relate it back to the person entering. Could you clarify this a little further?

        Jazak Allah khayraa

        • dr.vaniya says:

          Dear Br Muhammad

          وعليكم السلام

          In what circumstance did you enter the mosque? The circumstance is that when you entered the mosque, the imam was performing rukuu’.

          Hope this is clear.

          Regards,

          abdur rahim

  511. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh,

    We have learned اسم الجنس الجمعي in Book 3. Could you please explain اسم الجنس الإفرادي and اسم الجنس الآحادي? Jazakallahu khayran. (sorry, if it got posted twice or more!, my browser is playing up)

  512. Tanweer Malik says:

    Assalamu ‘alaikum.

    Dear Admin,
    I am visiting this site after some time, and I am not able to find one particular answer. It’s about “when mubtada can be indefinite at the beginning of the sentence”. It was under the category “Answers by Admin” or something like it.
    Could you please help me find this topic?

    Jazakallahu khairan

    • dr.vaniya says:

      وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Brother Tanweer,

      We no longer have the section ‘Answers by Admin’.

      I will send you some notes via email, إن شاء الله.

      Admin

  513. Tanweer Malik says:

    AsSalamu ‘Alaikum.

    Respected Sheikh,
    We know that a Naaqis word shows its Ya at the end when it is mudaf. My question is about pronouncing a Naaqis mudaf followed by a word that starts with a hamzatul wasl and a sakin letter. What vowel sound should we use at the end of the Naaqis in order to avoid the Iltiqaaus sakinain?

    Example: وادي العقيق (valley of garnet). Should we say Waadiyul aqeeq or Waadiyal aqeeq or Waadiyil aqeeq or Waadil aqeeq (dropping ya in pronunciation) ? Another example is name محيي الدين

    Jazaakallahu khiran

    Tanweer Malik

  514. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh

    In book 2 L 26 there is a sentence هذه تذكرة طائرةٍ إلى دمشق ذهاباً وإياباً. Could you please explain the i’raab of the words ذهاباً وإياباً in this sentence? Jazakallahu khayran

  515. Rizwan says:

    Please can you explain waa haal

  516. Muhammad Hasan says:

    Assalamualikum Respected Shaykh

    We have learned that in the three-lettered verbs if the second radical is yaa or waw it changes into Alif i.e قال – صام – باع but there are some verbs like عَوِر – غَيِد in which the second radical hasn’t changed to Alif despite it being a yaa and waw. Could you please explain the reasons behind such phenomenon? May Allah reward you without count.

    Wassalam.

  517. HAKIMUDDIN SHAMSI says:

    Assalaamualaikum
    In سورة الغاشية Ayaah No. 22, I’m confused with the word بِمُصَيطِرٍ. what is its root? Is it an ism maf’ul of a possible “فعل رباعي مجرد صيطر. Kindly throw some light, as I ‘m unable to perceive it.

    wasalaam,

Leave a Reply to Hakimuddin Shamsi Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

*

You may use these HTML tags and attributes: <a href="" title=""> <abbr title=""> <acronym title=""> <b> <blockquote cite=""> <cite> <code> <del datetime=""> <em> <i> <q cite=""> <strike> <strong>